Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. / FY2005 Annual Report

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Annual Report 2005

CPSS · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker CPSS
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 943
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
________________ 

[X] ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 
Commission file number: 1-14116 

FORM 10-K 

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

33-0459135 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

16355 Laguna Canyon Road, Irvine, California 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

92618 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 753-6800 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, No Par Value 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 
 Securities Act.                                                                           Yes [   ]      No [ X ] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of  
the Exchange Act.                                                                                                  Yes [   ]      No [ X ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [   ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  
See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.    
Large accelerated filer [   ]               Accelerated filer  [   ]                                 Non-accelerated filer  [ X ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
 Act).                                                                                                                           Yes [   ]     No  [ X ] 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  12,103,138  shares  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates,  based 
upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock of $4.55 per share reported by Nasdaq as of  June 30, 2005, was 
approximately  $55,069,278.  For  purposes  of  this  computation,  a  registrant  sponsored  pension  plan  and  all  directors, 
executive  officers,  and  beneficial  owners  of  10  percent  or  more  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  are  deemed  to  be 
affiliates. Such determination is not an admission that such plan, directors, executive officers, and beneficial owners are, 
in  fact,  affiliates  of  the  registrant.  The  number  of  shares  of  the  registrant's  Common  Stock  outstanding  on  March  6, 
2006, was 21,729,543. 

The proxy statement for registrant’s 2006 annual shareholders meeting is incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This annual report of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. consists of Items 1 through 9B. of our report on Form 10-K as 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1. Business 

General 

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (“CPS,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a consumer 
finance  company  specializing  in  purchasing,  selling  and  servicing  retail  automobile  installment  purchase 
contracts (“Contracts”) originated by licensed motor vehicle dealers (“Dealers”) in the sale of new and used 
automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans. Through its purchases, the Company provides indirect financing 
to  Dealer  customers  with  limited  credit  histories,  low  incomes  or  past  credit  problems  (“Sub-Prime 
Customers”).  The  Company  serves  as  an  alternative  source  of  financing  for  Dealers,  allowing  sales  to 
customers who otherwise might not be able to obtain financing. The Company does not lend money directly to 
consumers.  Rather,  it  purchases  installment  Contracts  from  Dealers.  CPS  purchases  Contracts  under  any  of 
several programs (the “CPS Programs”) that it offers to Dealers. 

CPS  was  incorporated  and  began  its  operations  in  1991.  From  inception  through  December  31,  2005,  the 
Company  has  purchased  approximately  $6.1  billion  of  Contracts  from  Dealers.  In  addition,  the  Company 
obtained a total of approximately $605 million of Contracts in its 2002, 2003 and 2004 acquisitions, described 
below. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had a total managed portfolio, net of unearned interest on pre-
computed Contracts, of approximately $1.1 billion, including the remaining outstanding balance of Contracts 
acquired in the acquisitions and $18.0 million of Contracts serviced for non-affiliated owners of the Contracts. 

Acquisitions 

In March 2002, the Company acquired MFN Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries in a merger (the “MFN 
Merger”). In May 2003, the Company acquired TFC Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiaries in a second merger 
(the “TFC Merger”). MFN Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (“MFN”) and TFC Enterprises, Inc. and 
its  subsidiaries  (“TFC”)  were  engaged  in  businesses  similar  to  that  of  the  Company;  buying  Contracts  from 
Dealers,  financing  those  Contracts  through  securitization  transactions,  and  servicing  those  Contracts.  The 
Company  acquired  approximately  $380  million  of  Contracts  in  the  MFN  Merger,  and  approximately  $150 
million  in  the  TFC  Merger.  MFN  ceased  acquiring  Contracts  in  March  2002;  TFC  continues  to  acquire 
Contracts under its “TFC Programs,” on terms and conditions similar to those it used prior to the TFC Merger. 
Contracts  purchased  by  TFC  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005  accounted  for  less  than  5%  of  the 
Company’s total purchases during the year.  

The  Company  on  April  2,  2004  acquired  (in  the  “SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition”)  $74.9  million  in  automotive 
finance receivables and $3.6 million in other assets from SeaWest Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries 
(collectively, “SeaWest”). The other assets included a $2.8 million note to an affiliate of SeaWest and certain 
furniture and equipment. In addition, the Company was appointed the successor servicer of three separate term 
securitization transactions originally sponsored by SeaWest (the “SeaWest Third Party Portfolio”). 

Securitizations 

Generally 

Throughout  the  periods  for  which  information  is  presented  in  this  report,  the  Company  has  purchased 
Contracts  with  the  intention  of  repackaging  them  in  securitizations.  All  such  securitizations  have  involved 
identification  of  specific  Contracts,  sale  of  those  Contracts  (and  associated  rights)  to  a  special  purpose 
subsidiary of the Company, and issuance of asset-backed securities to fund the transactions. Depending on the 

1 

 
 
 
structure of the securitization, the transaction may be properly accounted for as a sale of the Contracts, or as a 
secured financing. 

When  structured  to  be  treated  as  a  secured  financing,  the  subsidiary  is  consolidated  with  the  Company. 
Accordingly, the Contracts and the related securitization trust debt appear as assets and liabilities, respectively, 
of  the  Company  on  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  Company  then  recognizes  interest  income  on  the 
receivables  and  interest  expense  on  the  securities  issued  in  the  securitization  and  records  as  expense  a 
provision for probable credit losses on the receivables. 

When structured to be treated as a sale, the subsidiary is not consolidated with the Company. Accordingly, the 
securitization removes the sold Contracts from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, the asset-backed 
securities (debt of the non-consolidated subsidiary) do not appear as debt of the Company, and the Company 
shows  as  an  asset  a  retained  residual  interest  in  the  sold  Contracts.  The  residual  interest  represents  the 
discounted value of what the Company expects will be the excess of future collections on the Contracts over 
principal and interest due on the asset-backed securities and other expenses. That residual interest appears on 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as “Residual interest in securitizations,” and its value is dependent 
on estimates of the future performance of the sold Contracts. 

Change in Policy 

Beginning in the third quarter of 2003, the Company began to structure its term securitization transactions so 
that they would be treated for financial accounting purposes as borrowings secured by receivables, rather than 
as sales of receivables. All subsequent term securitizations of such finance receivables have been so structured.  

Credit Risk Retained 

Whether  a  securitization  is  treated  as  a  secured  financing  or  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the 
related  special  purpose  subsidiary  may  be  unable  to  release  excess  cash  to  the  Company  if  the  credit 
performance  of  the  securitized  Contracts  falls  short  of  pre-determined  standards.  Such  releases  represent  a 
material portion of the cash that the Company uses to fund its operations. An unexpected deterioration in the 
performance  of  securitized  Contracts  could  therefore  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  both  the  Company's 
liquidity and its results of operations, regardless of whether such Contracts are treated as having been sold or 
as having been financed. For estimation of the magnitude of such risk, it may be appropriate to look to the size 
of the Company’s “managed portfolio,” which represents both financed and sold Contracts as to which such 
credit  risk  is  retained. The Company’s  managed  portfolio  as of  December  31,  2005  was approximately  $1.1 
billion (this amount includes $18.0 million related to the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio on which the Company 
earns  only  servicing  fees  and  has  no  credit  risk).  See  “—  Securitization  of  Contracts,”  “—  The  Servicing 
Agreements,” “—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” 
and “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

The Market We Serve  

The  Company’s  automobile  financing  programs  are  designed  to  serve  customers  who  generally  would  not 
qualify  for  automobile  financing  from  traditional  sources,  such  as  commercial  banks,  credit  unions  and  the 
captive  finance  companies  affiliated  with  major  automobile  manufacturers.  Such  customers  generally  have 
limited  credit  histories,  low  incomes  or  past  credit  problems,  and  are  therefore  often  unable  to  obtain  credit 
from traditional sources of automobile financing. (The terms “prime” and “sub-prime” reflect the Company’s 
categorization of customers and bear no relationship to the prime rate of interest or persons who are able to 
borrow  at  that  rate.)  Because  the  Company  serves  customers  who  are  unable  to  meet  the  credit  standards 
imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  the  Company  generally  receives  interest  at  rates 

 2

 
 
 
 
higher  than  those  charged  by  traditional  automobile  financing  sources.  The  Company  also  sustains  a  higher 
level of credit losses than traditional automobile financing sources since the Company provides financing in a 
relatively high risk market. 

Marketing  

The Company directs its marketing efforts to Dealers, rather than to consumers. As of December 31, 2005, the 
Company was a party to its standard form dealer agreements (“Dealer Agreements”) with over 7,300 Dealers. 
Approximately 92% of these Dealers are franchised new car dealers that sell both new and used cars and the 
remainder are independent used car dealers. For the year ended December 31, 2005, approximately 81% of the 
Contracts purchased under the CPS Programs consisted of financing for used cars and the remaining 19% for 
new cars, as compared to 85% used and 15% new in the year ended December 31, 2004. 

The  Company  establishes  relationships  with  Dealers  through  employee  representatives  who  contact  a 
prospective  Dealer  to  explain  the  Company’s  Contract  purchase  programs,  and  thereafter  provide  Dealer 
training  and  support  services.  As  of  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  84  representatives.  The 
representatives  are  obligated  to  represent  the  Company’s  financing  program  exclusively.  The  Company’s 
representatives  present  the  Dealer  with  a  marketing  package,  which  includes  the  Company’s  promotional 
material containing the terms offered by the Company for the purchase of Contracts, a copy of the Company’s 
standard-form Dealer Agreement, and required documentation relating to Contracts. Marketing representatives 
have no authority relating to the decision to purchase Contracts from Dealers. 

Most  of  the  Dealers  under  contract  with  CPS  regularly  submit  Contracts  to  the  Company  for  purchase, 
although they are under no obligation to submit any Contracts to the Company, nor is the Company obligated 
to purchase any Contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2005, no Dealer accounted for more than 1% 
of the total number of Contracts purchased by the Company under the CPS Programs. Contracts purchased by 
TFC  after  the  TFC  Merger  under  the  TFC  Programs  are  purchased  with  a  dealer  marketing  strategy  that  is 
similar to that of CPS as described above except that the marketing efforts are directed at independent used car 
dealers and the target obligors are enlisted personnel of the U.S. Armed Forces. The following table sets forth 
the geographical sources of the Contracts purchased by the Company under the CPS Programs (based on the 
addresses  of  the  customers  as  stated on  the  Company’s  records)  during the  years  ended  December  31,  2005 
and  2004.  Contracts  purchased  by  TFC  after  the  TFC  Merger  are  not  included  because  such  purchases 
accounted for less than 10% of the total purchases during the year. All Contracts are acquired from  Dealers 
located within the United States. 

 3

 
 
Texas
California
Ohio
Florida
Pennsylvania
Lousiana
Illinois
North Carolina
Maryland
Kentucky
Michigan
New York
Virginia
Georgia
Other States

Total

Contracts Purchased During the Year Ended (1)
December 31, 2005
December 31, 2004

Number

Percent (2)

Number

Percent (2)

4,734
3,981
3,311
3,151
2,732
2,268
2,188
2,003
1,933
1,851
1,883
1,617
1,379
1,277
10,068
44,376

10.7%
9.0%
7.5%
7.1%
6.2%
5.1%
4.9%
4.5%
4.4%
4.2%
4.2%
3.6%
3.1%
2.9%
22.7%
100.0%

3,422
2,431
1,437
1,731
1,676
1,949
1,312
1,390
1,373
1,118
1,121
1,102
1,043
1,263
6,008
28,376

12.1%
8.6%
5.1%
6.1%
5.9%
6.9%
4.6%
4.9%
4.8%
3.9%
4.0%
3.9%
3.7%
4.5%
21.2%
100.0%

________________  
(1) Excludes purchases under the TFC Programs. 
(2) Amounts may not total 100% due to rounding. 

Origination of Contracts  

Dealer Origination  

When a retail automobile buyer elects to obtain financing from a Dealer, the Dealer takes a credit application 
to  submit  to  its  financing  sources.  Typically,  a  Dealer  will  submit  the  buyer’s  application  to  more  than  one 
financing source for review. The Company believes the Dealer’s decision to choose the Company, rather than 
other  financing  sources,  is  based  primarily  on  the  monthly  payment  that  will  be  offered  to  the  automobile 
buyer, the purchase price offered for the Contract, the timeliness, consistency and predictability of response, 
and any conditions to purchase. 

Upon receipt of information from a Dealer, the Company’s proprietary automated decisioning system orders a 
credit report to document the buyer’s credit history. If, upon review by the automated decisioning systems, or 
in some cases, a Company credit analyst, it is determined that the Contract meets the Company’s underwriting 
criteria, or would meet such criteria with modification, the Company requests and reviews further information 
and  supporting  documentation  and,  ultimately,  decides  whether  to  approve  the  Contract  for  purchase.  When 
presented  with  an  application,  the  Company  attempts  to  notify  the  Dealer  within  two  hours  as  to  whether  it 
would purchase the related Contract.  

The  actual  agreement  for  purchase  of  the  vehicle  (“Contract”)  is  prepared  by  the  Dealer.  The  Dealer  also 
arranges for recording the Company’s lien on the vehicle. After the appropriate documents are signed by the 
Dealer and the customer, the Dealer sends the Contract and related supporting documentation to the Company.  
Upon receipt, the Company performs certain other underwriting and review procedures after which, if all the 
appropriate criteria are satisfied, the Contract is purchased by the Company. 

The Company purchases Contracts under the CPS Programs from Dealers at a price generally equal to the total 
amount financed under the Contracts, adjusted for an acquisition fee, which may either increase or decrease the 
Contract purchase price paid by the Company. The amount of the acquisition fee, and whether it results in an 
increase or decrease to the Contract purchase price, is based on the perceived credit risk and, in some cases, the 
interest rate on the Contract. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the average acquisition 

 4

        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
        
      
      
 
 
 
fee charged per Contract purchased under the CPS Programs was $150, $226 and $372, respectively, or 1.0%, 
1.6% and 2.7%, respectively, of the amount financed.  

The  Company  attempts  to  control  misrepresentation  regarding  the  customer’s  credit  worthiness  by  carefully 
screening the Contracts it purchases, by establishing and maintaining professional business relationships with 
Dealers,  and  by  including  certain  representations  and  warranties  by  the  Dealer  in  the  Dealer  Agreement. 
Pursuant  to  the  Dealer  Agreement,  the  Company  may  require  the  Dealer  to  repurchase  any  Contract  in  the 
event that the Dealer breaches its representations or warranties. There can be no assurance, however, that any 
Dealer will have the willingness or the financial resources to satisfy its repurchase obligations to the Company. 

Objective Contract Purchase Criteria 

To be eligible for purchase by the Company, a Contract must have been originated by a Dealer that has entered 
into a Dealer Agreement to sell Contracts to the Company. The Contract must be secured by a first priority lien 
on a new or used automobile, light truck or passenger van and must meet the Company’s underwriting criteria. 
In addition, each Contract requires the customer to maintain physical damage insurance covering the financed 
vehicle  and  naming  the  Company  as  a  loss  payee.  The  Company  or  any  purchaser  of  the  Contract  from  the 
Company may, nonetheless, suffer a loss upon theft or physical damage of any financed vehicle if the customer 
fails to maintain insurance as required by the Contract and is unable to pay for repairs to or replacement of the 
vehicle or is otherwise unable to fulfill his or her obligations under the Contract. 

The  Company  believes  that  its  objective  underwriting  criteria  enable  it  to  evaluate  effectively  the 
creditworthiness of Sub-Prime Customers and the adequacy of the financed vehicle as security for a Contract. 
These  criteria  include  standards  for  price,  term,  amount  of  down  payment,  installment  payment  and  interest 
rate; mileage, age and type of vehicle; principal amount of the Contract in relation to the value of the vehicle; 
customer income level, employment and residence stability, credit history and debt service ability; and other 
factors. Specifically, the Company’s guidelines for the CPS Programs generally limit the maximum principal 
amount of a purchased Contract to 115% of wholesale book value in the case of used vehicles or to 115% of 
the manufacturer’s invoice in the case of new vehicles, plus, in each case, sales tax, licensing and, when the 
customer purchases such additional items, a service contract or a credit life or disability policy. The Company 
does not finance vehicles that are more than eight model years old or have in excess of 85,000 miles. Under 
most CPS Programs, the maximum term of a purchased Contract is 72 months; a shorter maximum term may 
be applied based on the mileage of the vehicle, and Contracts with the maximum term of 72 months may be 
purchased if the customer is among the more creditworthy of CPS’s obligors and the vehicle is generally not 
more than two model years old and has less than 35,000 miles. Contract purchase criteria are subject to change 
from  time  to  time  as  circumstances  may  warrant.  Upon  receiving  this  information  with  the  customer’s 
application,  the  Company’s  underwriters  verify  the  customer’s  employment,  residency,  insurance  and  credit 
information provided by the customer by contacting various parties noted on the customer’s application, credit 
information bureaus  and  other  sources.  In  addition, prior  to purchasing a Contract  under the  CPS  Programs, 
CPS contacts each customer by telephone to confirm that the Customer understands and agrees to the terms of 
the related Contract. 

Credit  Scoring.  Under  the  CPS  Programs,  the  Company  uses  a  proprietary  scoring  model  to  assign  to  each 
Contract  a  “credit  score”  at  the  time  the  application  is  received  from  the  Dealer  and  the  customer’s  credit 
information is retrieved from the credit reporting agencies. The credit score is based on a variety of parameters, 
such  as  the  customer’s  employment  and  residence  stability,  the  customer’s  income,  the  monthly  payment 
amount, the loan-to-value ratio and the age and mileage of the vehicle. The Company has developed the credit 
score as a means of improving its allocation of credit evaluation resources, and managing the risk inherent in 
the sub-prime market. 

Characteristics of Contracts. All of the Contracts purchased by the Company are fully amortizing and provide 
for level payments over the term of the Contract. The average original principal amount financed, under the 
CPS Programs and in the year ended December 31, 2005, was $14,875, with an average original term of 62 
months  and  an  average  down  payment  amount  of  13.4%.  Based  on  information  contained  in  customer 

 5

 
 
applications, for this 12-month period, the retail purchase price of the related automobiles averaged $15,278 
(which excludes tax, license fees, and any additional costs such as a maintenance contract), the average age of 
the  vehicle  at  the  time  the  Contract  was  purchased  was  three  years,  and  CPS  customers  averaged 
approximately  38  years  of  age,  with  approximately  $39,596  in  average  annual  household  income  and  an 
average of 5.0 years history with his or her current employer.  

All Contracts may be prepaid at any time without penalty. In the event a customer elects to prepay a Contract 
in full, the payoff amount is calculated by deducting the unearned interest from the Contract balance, in the 
case of a pre-computed Contract, or by adding accrued interest to the Contract balance, in the case of a simple 
interest Contract, plus, in either case, adding any accrued fees such as late fees. 

Each  Contract  purchased  by  the  Company  prohibits  the  sale  or  transfer  of  the  financed  vehicle  without  the 
Company’s consent and allows for the acceleration of the maturity of a Contract upon a sale or transfer without 
such consent. The Company generally does not consent to a sale or transfer of a financed vehicle unless the 
related Contract is prepaid in full. 

Dealer Compliance. The Dealer Agreement and related assignment contain representations and warranties by 
the Dealer that an application for state registration of each financed vehicle, naming the Company as secured 
party with respect to the vehicle, was effected at the time of sale of the related Contract to the Company, and 
that  all  necessary  steps  have  been  taken  to  obtain  a perfected  first  priority  security  interest  in  each  financed 
vehicle in favor of the Company under the laws of the state in which the financed vehicle is registered. If a 
Dealer  or  the  Company,  because  of  clerical  error  or  otherwise,  has  failed  to  take  such  action  in  a  timely 
manner, or to maintain such interest with respect to a financed vehicle, neither the Company nor any purchaser 
of the related Contract from the Company would have a perfected security interest in the financed vehicle and 
its security interest may be subordinate to the interest of, among others, subsequent purchasers of the financed 
vehicle,  holders  of  perfected  security  interests  and  a  trustee  in  bankruptcy  of  the  customer.  The  security 
interest of the Company or the purchaser of a Contract may also be subordinate to the interests of third parties 
if  the  interest  is  not  perfected  due  to  administrative  error  by  state  recording  officials.  Moreover,  fraud  or 
forgery could render a Contract unenforceable. In such events, the Company could suffer a loss with respect to 
the related Contract. In the event the Company suffers such a loss, it will generally have recourse against the 
Dealer from which it purchased the Contract. This recourse will be unsecured, and there can be no assurance 
that any particular Dealer will satisfy its obligations to the Company. 

Servicing of Contracts  

General.  The  Company’s  servicing  activities  consist  of  mailing  monthly  billing  statements;  collecting, 
accounting  for  and  posting  of  all  payments  received;  responding  to  customer  inquiries;  taking  all  necessary 
action  to  maintain  the  security  interest  granted  in  the  financed  vehicle  or  other  collateral;  investigating 
delinquencies; communicating with the customer to obtain timely payments; repossessing and liquidating the 
collateral  when  necessary;  collecting  deficiency  balances;  and  generally  monitoring  each  Contract  and  the 
related collateral. 

Collection  Procedures.  The  Company  believes  that  its  ability  to  monitor  performance  and  collect  payments 
owed from Sub-Prime Customers is primarily a function of its collection approach and support systems. The 
Company  believes  that  if  payment  problems  are  identified  early  and  the  Company’s  collection  staff  works 
closely with customers to address these problems, it is possible to correct many of them before they deteriorate 
further. To this end, the Company utilizes pro-active collection procedures, which include making early and 
frequent  contact  with  delinquent  customers;  educating  customers  as  to  the  importance  of  maintaining  good 
credit; and employing a consultative and customer service approach to assist the customer in meeting his or her 
obligations,  which  includes  attempting  to  identify  the  underlying  causes  of  delinquency  and  cure  them 
whenever  possible.  In  support  of  its  collection  activities,  the  Company  maintains  a  computerized  collection 
system specifically designed to service automobile installment sale contracts with Sub-Prime Customers and 
similar consumer obligations. 

 6

 
 
With  the aid of  its  high-penetration  automatic  dialer, as  well  as  manual efforts  made  by  collection  staff,  the 
Company typically attempts to make telephonic contact with delinquent customers on the sixth day after their 
monthly  payment  due  date.  Using  coded  instructions  from  a  collection  supervisor,  the  automatic  dialer  will 
attempt  to  contact  customers  based  on  their  physical  location,  state  of  delinquency,  size  of  balance  or  other 
parameters.  If  the  automatic  dialer  obtains  a  “no-answer”  or  a  busy  signal,  it  records  the  attempt  on  the 
customer’s record and moves on to the next call. If a live voice answers the automatic dialer’s call, the call is 
transferred  to  a  waiting  collector  as  the  customer’s pertinent  information  is  simultaneously  displayed  on  the 
collector’s workstation. The collector then inquires of the customer the reason for the delinquency and when 
the  Company  can  expect  to  receive  the  payment.  The  collector  will  attempt  to  get  the  customer  to  make  a 
promise for the delinquent payment for a time generally not to exceed one week from the date of the call. If the 
customer  makes  such  a  promise,  the  account  is  routed  to  a  promise  queue  and  is  not  contacted  until  the 
outcome of the promise is known. If the payment is made by the promise date and the account is no longer 
delinquent, the account is routed out of the collection system. If the payment is not made, or if the payment is 
made, but the account remains delinquent, the account is returned to the queue for subsequent contacts. 

If a customer fails to make or keep promises for payments, or if the customer is uncooperative or attempts to 
evade  contact  or  hide  the  vehicle,  a  supervisor  will  review  the  collection  activity  relating  to  the  account  to 
determine if repossession of the vehicle is warranted. Generally, such a decision will occur between the 45th 
and 90th day past the customer’s payment due date, but could occur sooner or later, depending on the specific 
circumstances. At the time the vehicle is repossessed the Company will stop accruing interest in this Contract, 
and reclassify the remaining Contract balance to other assets. In addition the Company will apply a specific 
reserve to this Contract so that the net balance represents the estimated fair value less costs to sell. 

If the Company elects to repossess the vehicle, it assigns the task to an independent local repossession service. 
Such services are licensed and/or bonded as required by law. When the vehicle is recovered, the repossessor 
delivers  it  to  a  wholesale  automobile  auction,  where  it  is  kept  until  sold.  The  Uniform  Commercial  Code 
(“UCC”)  and  other  state  laws  regulate  repossession  sales  by  requiring  that  the  secured  party  provide  the 
customer with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale of the collateral, the date after 
which any private sale of the collateral may be held and of the customer’s right to redeem the financed vehicle 
prior to any such sale and by providing that any such sale be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. 
Financed  vehicles  that  have  been  repossessed  are  generally  resold  by  the  Company  through  unaffiliated 
automobile auctions, which are attended principally by car dealers. Net liquidation proceeds are applied to the 
customer’s  outstanding  obligation  under  the  Contract.  Such  proceeds  usually  are  insufficient  to  pay  the 
customer’s obligation in full, resulting in a deficiency. 

Under the UCC and other laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain a judgment against a 
customer  for  such  a  deficiency.  However,  some  states  impose  prohibitions  or  limitations  on  deficiency 
judgments.  When  obtained,  deficiency  judgments  are  entered  against  defaulting  individuals  who  may  have 
little capital or income. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment against a 
customer or, if one is obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount. 

Once a Contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, the Company does not recognize additional interest 
income until the borrower under the Contract makes sufficient payments to be less than 90 days delinquent. 
Any payments received by a borrower that is greater than 90 days delinquent is first applied to accrued interest 
and then to principal reduction. 

Credit Experience  

The  Company’s  financial  results  are  dependent  on  the  performance  of  the  Contracts  in  which  it  retains  an 
ownership interest. The tables below document the delinquency, repossession and net credit loss experience of 
all Contracts that the Company was servicing (excluding Contracts from the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio) as 
of  the  respective  dates  shown.  Credit  experience  for  CPS,  MFN  (since  the  date  of  the  MFN  Merger),  TFC 
(since the date of the TFC Merger) and SeaWest (since the date of the SeaWest Asset Acquisition) is shown on 
both a combined and individual basis in the tables below. 

 7

 
 
Delinquency Experience (1) 
CPS, MFN, TFC and SeaWest Combined 

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

95,942

$

1,117,085

(Dollars in thousands)
$

873,880

83,018

84,860

$

773,220

2,353
1,076
1,056
4,485
1,337

24,050
10,190
7,985
42,225
13,538

2,106
1,069
1,176
4,351
1,408

19,010
8,051
7,758
34,819
14,090

2,506
1,340
1,522
5,368
1,242

17,982
8,942
9,452
36,376
11,751

5,822

$

55,763

5,759

$

48,909

6,610

$

48,127

4.7

%

3.8

%

5.2

%

4.0

%

6.3

%

4.7

%

6.1

%

5.0

%

6.9

%

5.6

%

7.8

%

6.2

%

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)………….
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days…………………………….
61-90 days…………………………….
91+ days…………………………… .
Total delinquencies (2)……………….
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .

.
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
   percentage of gross servicing
.
   portfolio…………………………….

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)…….
Contracts with Two or More
.
   Extensions (4)…………………… .
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

10,602

4,575
15,177

$

$

95,413

9,661

29,428
124,841

4,383
14,044

$

$

86,138

10,004

23,659
109,797

7,347
17,351

$

$

76,617

34,224
110,841

CPS 

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)………. .
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days…………………………….
61-90 days…………………………….
91+ days…………………………… .
Total delinquencies (2)……………….
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .

Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
.
.
   percentage of gross servicing
   portfolio…………………………….

83,643

$

1,017,273

(Dollars in thousands)
$

706,810

59,124

47,615

$

543,776

1,950
798
473
3,221
1,148

21,949
8,518
4,807
35,274
11,676

1,302
520
288
2,110
891

14,546
5,430
3,139
23,115
9,929

1,175
657
393
2,225
725

11,766
5,719
3,105
20,590
8,434

4,369

$

46,950

3,001

$

33,044

2,950

$

29,024

3.9

%

3.5

%

3.6

%

3.3

%

4.7

%

3.8

%

5.2

%

4.6

%

5.1

%

4.7

%

6.2

%

5.3

%

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)…….
.
Contracts with Two or More
   Extensions (4)…………………… .
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

9,120

3,247
12,367

$

$

87,784

24,797
112,581

6,226

1,324
7,550

$

$

68,156

12,963
81,119

4,500

1,354
5,854

$

$

52,997

9,702
62,699

 8

 
 
    
    
    
       
    
       
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
           
      
           
      
           
      
           
      
           
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
          
               
          
               
          
               
          
               
          
               
          
               
    
         
      
         
    
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
    
       
    
       
    
       
 
 
 
    
    
    
       
    
       
      
         
      
         
      
         
         
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
         
           
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
         
           
         
           
      
         
      
         
      
         
          
               
          
               
          
               
          
               
          
               
          
               
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
         
      
           
    
       
      
         
      
         
 
 
MFN 

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

1,468

$

3,036

6,647

$

18,255

20,282

$

77,717

(Dollars in thousands)

98
73
69
240
15

255

$

167
108
112
387
45

432

233
175
137
545
111

457
365
254
1,076
475

769
327
227
1,323
369

2,128
843
532
3,503
1,899

656

$

1,551

1,692

$

5,402

16.3

%

12.7

%

8.2

%

5.9

%

6.5

%

4.5

%

17.4

%

14.2

%

9.9

%

8.5

%

8.3

%

7.0

%

Delinquency Experience

Gross servicing portfolio (1)………….
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days………………………..….
61-90 days…………………………. .
91+ days………………………….….
Total delinquencies (2)……………...
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .
.
.
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
   percentage of gross servicing
.
   portfolio……………………….… .

Extension Experience

Contracts with One Extension (4)…….
Contracts with Two or More
.
   Extensions (4)…………………..….

Total Contracts with Extensions…….

281

716

997

$

$

531

1,469

2,000

TFC 

1,530

2,609

4,139

$

$

4,352

5,197

8,043

12,395

5,707

10,904

$

$

21,560

23,050

44,610

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)……… .
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days………………………..….
61-90 days…………………………..
91+ days………………………….….
Total delinquencies (2)……………. .
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .

.
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
   percentage of gross servicing
.
   portfolio……………………….… .

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)… .
Contracts with Two or More
.
   Extensions (4)…………………..….
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

7,856

$

81,016

(Dollars in thousands)
11,278

107,635

$

16,963

$

151,727

190
140
336
666
98

1,409
1,208
2,295
4,912
1,191

342
226
409
977
180

2,589
1,375
2,225
6,189
1,977

562
356
902
1,820
148

4,088
2,380
5,815
12,283
1,418

764

$

6,103

1,157

$

8,166

1,968

$

13,701

8.5

%

6.1

%

8.7

%

5.8

%

10.7

%

8.1

%

9.7

%

7.5

%

10.3

%

7.6

%

11.6

%

9.0

%

446

114
560

$

$

3,599

446
4,045

307

286
593

$

$

2,061

1,472
3,533

424

55
479

$

$

3,272

209
3,481

 9

 
 
 
      
           
      
    
    
    
           
              
         
         
         
      
           
              
         
         
         
         
           
              
         
         
         
         
         
              
         
      
      
      
           
                
         
         
         
      
         
              
         
      
      
      
        
             
          
          
          
          
        
             
          
          
          
          
         
              
      
      
      
    
         
           
      
      
      
    
         
           
      
    
    
    
 
      
        
    
  
    
  
         
          
         
      
         
      
         
          
         
      
         
      
         
          
         
      
         
      
         
          
         
      
      
    
           
          
         
      
         
      
         
          
      
      
      
    
          
              
          
          
        
          
          
              
        
          
        
          
         
          
         
      
         
      
           
             
         
         
         
      
         
          
         
      
         
      
 
 
SeaWest Acquired 

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

Number of
Contracts

Amount

Number of
Contracts

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

2,975

$

15,758

5,969

$

41,181

115
65
178
358
76

434

$

525
356
771
1,652
626

2,278

229
148
342
719
226

1,418
881
2,140
4,439
1,714

945

$

6,153

12.0

%

10.5

%

12.1

%

10.8

%

14.6

%

14.5

%

15.8

%

14.9

%

777

557
1,334

$

$

3,826

2,953
6,779

1,459

336
1,795

$

$

10,031

2,208
12,239

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)………….
Period of delinquency (2)
.
31-60 days………………………..….
61-90 days…………………………. .
91+ days………………………….….
Total delinquencies (2)……………...
Amount in repossession (3)………….
Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession (2)……… .

Delinquencies as a percentage
.
   of gross servicing portfolio……… .

Total delinquencies and
.
   amount in repossession as a 
.
.
   percentage of gross servicing
   portfolio……………………….…….

Extension Experience
Contracts with One Extension (4)…….
.
Contracts with Two or More
   Extensions (4)…………………..….
Total Contracts with Extensions…….

__________________ 
(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the amount remaining to be repaid on each Contract, including, for pre-computed 
Contracts, any unearned interest. The information in the table represents the gross principal amount of all Contracts purchased 
by  the  Company,  including  Contracts  subsequently  sold  by  the  Company  in  securitization  transactions  that  it  continues  to 
service. The table does not include Contracts from the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio. 
(2) The Company considers a Contract delinquent when an obligor fails to make at least 90% of a contractually due payment by 
the following due date, which date may have been extended within limits specified in the Servicing Agreements. The period of 
delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due. Contracts less than 31 days delinquent are not 
included. 
(3)  Amount  in  repossession  represents  the  contract  balance  on  financed  vehicles  that  have  been  repossessed  but  not  yet 
liquidated. This amount is not netted with the specific reserve to arrive at the estimated asset value less costs to sell. 
(4) The aging categories shown in the tables reflect the impact of extensions. 

Extensions 

The Company may offer a customer an extension, under which the customer and the Company agree to move 
past due payments to the end of the Contract term. In such cases the customer must sign an agreement for the 
extension, and may pay a fee representing partial payment of accrued interest. The Company’s policies, and its 
contractual arrangements for its warehouse and securitization transactions, limit the number of extensions that 
may be granted. In general, a customer may arrange for an extension no more than once every 12 months, not 
to exceed four extensions over the life of the Contract. 

If  a  customer  is  granted  such  an  extension,  the  date  next  due  is  advanced  and  the  Contract  is  classified  as 
current for delinquency aging purposes. Subsequent delinquency aging classifications would be based on the 
future payment performance of the Contract. 

Included in Total Contracts with Extensions in the tables above, as of December 31, 2005, there were 1,449, 
five,  one,  and  ten  Contracts,  in  the  CPS,  MFN,  TFC  and  SeaWest  Acquired  portfolios  respectively,  that 
received extensions as a result of the impact of the hurricanes that took place during August and September of 
2005. 

 10

 
      
           
      
    
         
                
         
      
           
                
         
         
         
                
         
      
         
             
         
      
           
                
         
      
         
             
         
      
        
               
        
        
        
               
        
        
         
             
      
    
         
             
         
      
      
             
      
    
 
 
 
 
 
Net Charge-Off Experience (1)  

2005

Year Ended December 31,
2004
(Dollars in thousands)

2003

CPS, MFN, TFC and SeaWest Combined
Average servicing portfolio outstanding………………… $
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2)…….………………………..………$

966,295

$

796,436

$

674,523

5.3

%

7.8

%

6.8

%

CPS
Average servicing portfolio outstanding………………… $
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2)…….………………………..………$

856,436

$

623,639

$

483,647

4.9

%

5.7

%

4.7

%  

MFN
Average servicing portfolio outstanding………………… $
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2)….…………………………………$

7,376

$

38,569

$

123,140

(54.8)

%

(0.5)

%

12.6

%  

TFC
Average servicing portfolio outstanding………………… $
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2) (3) ….…………………………… $

77,745

$

102,467

$

133,428

8.4

%

11.9

%

11.3

%  

$

54,040

24,738

SeaWest Acquired (4) (5)
Average servicing portfolio outstanding………………… $
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
$
servicing portfolio (2) ….…………………………………$
_________________________ 
(1)  All  amounts  and  percentages  are  based  on  the  principal  amount  scheduled  to  be  paid  on  each  Contract,  net  of  unearned 
income on pre-computed Contracts. The information in the table represents all Contracts serviced by the Company (excluding 
Contracts from the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio). 
(2) Net charge-offs include the remaining principal balance, after the application of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the 
vehicle (excluding accrued and unpaid interest) and amounts collected subsequent to the date of charge-off. 
(3)  TFC  Contracts  are  expected  to  charge-off  at  rates  greater  than  CPS.  To  partially  compensate  for  this  higher  risk,  TFC 
Contracts are purchased with a higher acquisition fee than CPS Contracts. 
(4) Charge-off amounts are before consideration of the acquisition purchase discount. 
(5) The 2004 period represents the period March 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004. 

37.4 %  

26.5 %

Securitization of Contracts  

The  Company  purchases  Contracts  for  resale  in  or  to  be  financed  through  securitization  transactions.  See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and 
Capital  Resources”  and  Note  1  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  During  2005,  the  Company 
funded such purchases primarily with proceeds from three short-term revolving warehouse lines of credit. As 
of  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  $350  million  in  warehouse  credit  capacity,  in  the  form  of  a  $200 
million facility and a $150 million facility. The first facility provides funding for Contracts purchased under 
the  TFC  Programs  while  both  warehouse  facilities  provide  funding  for  Contracts  purchased  under  the  CPS 
Programs. A third facility in the amount of $125 million, which the Company utilized to fund Contracts under 

 11

 
 
       
       
       
               
               
               
 
       
       
       
               
               
               
           
         
       
            
              
             
         
       
       
               
             
             
 
 
the  CPS  and  TFC  Programs,  was  terminated  by  the  company  on  June  29,  2005.  These  facilities  are 
independent  of  each  other.  With  the  two  currently  existing  facilities,  two  different  financial  institutions 
purchase the notes issued by these facilities. Up to 80% of the principal balance of Contracts may be advanced 
to  the  Company  under  these  facilities,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other  conditions  and  covenants. 
Long-term  funding  for  the  purchase  of  Contracts  is  achieved  by  the  Company  through  term  securitization 
transactions,  in  which  the  liabilities  (the  asset-backed  securities)  are  repaid  as  the  underlying  Contracts 
amortize. Proceeds from term securitization transactions are used primarily to repay the warehouse facilities. 
The Company completed five term securitization transactions in each of 2004 and 2005. 

In  a  securitization,  the  Company  is  required  to  make  certain  representations  and  warranties,  which  are 
generally  similar  to  the  representations  and  warranties  made  by  Dealers  in  connection  with  the  Company’s 
purchase of the Contracts. If the Company breaches any of its representations or warranties to a purchaser of 
the Contracts, the Company will be obligated to repurchase the Contract from such purchaser at a price equal 
to the principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may then be entitled under the terms 
of  its  Dealer  Agreement  to  require  the  selling  Dealer  to  repurchase  the  Contract  at  a  price  equal  to  the 
Company’s purchase price, less any principal payments made by the customer. Subject to any recourse against 
Dealers, the Company will bear the risk of loss on repossession and resale of vehicles under Contracts that it 
repurchases. 

Upon the sale or financing of a portfolio of Contracts in a securitization transaction, generally utilizing a trust 
that  is  specifically  created  for  such  purpose  (“Trust”),  the  Company  retains  the  obligation  to  service  the 
Contracts, and receives a monthly fee for doing so. Among other services performed, the Company mails to 
obligors  monthly  billing  statements  directing them  to  mail  payments  on  the  Contracts  to a  lockbox  account. 
The Company engages an independent lockbox processing agent to retrieve and process payments received in 
the lockbox account. This results in a daily deposit to the Trust’s bank account of the entire amount of each 
day’s lockbox receipts and the simultaneous electronic data transfer to the Company of customer payment data 
records. Pursuant to the Servicing Agreements, as defined below, the Company is required to deliver monthly 
reports to the Trust reflecting all transaction activity with respect to the Contracts. The reports contain, among 
other  information,  a  reconciliation  of  the  change  in  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  Contracts  in  the 
portfolio to the amounts deposited into the Trust’s bank account as reflected in the daily reports of the lockbox 
processing agent. 

In  its  securitization  transactions,  the  Company  generally  warrants  that,  to  the  best  of  the  Company’s 
knowledge, no such liens or claims are pending or threatened with respect to a financed vehicle that may be or 
become  prior  to  or  equal  with  the  lien  of  the  related  Contracts.  In  the  event  that  any  of  the  Company’s 
representations  or  warranties  proves  to  be  incorrect,  the  Trust  would  be  entitled  to  require  the  Company  to 
repurchase the Contract relating to such financed vehicle. 

The Servicing Agreements  

The Company currently services all Contracts that it owns, as well as those Contracts included in portfolios 
that  it  has  sold  to  securitization  Trusts.  Pursuant  to  the  Company’s  usual  form  of  servicing  agreement  (the 
Company’s servicing agreements with purchasers of portfolios of Contracts are collectively referred to as the 
“Servicing Agreements”), CPS is obligated to service all Contracts sold to the Trusts in accordance with the 
Company’s standard procedures. The Servicing Agreements generally provide that the Company will bear all 
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the management, administration and collection of the Contracts 
serviced.  

The  Company  is  entitled  under  most  of  the  Servicing  Agreements  to  receive  a  base  monthly  servicing  fee 
between 2.5% and 3.5% per annum computed as a percentage of the declining outstanding principal balance of 
the  non-charged-off  Contracts  in  the  pool.  Each  month,  after  payment  of  the  Company’s  base  monthly 
servicing fee and certain other fees, the Trust receives the paid principal reduction of the Contracts in its pool 
and  interest  thereon  at  the  fixed  rate  that  was  agreed  when  the  Contracts  were  sold  to  the  Trust.  If,  in  any 
month,  collections  on  the  Contracts  are  insufficient  to  pay  such  amounts  and  any  principal  reduction  due  to 

 12

 
 
charge-offs,  the  shortfall  is  satisfied  from  the  Spread Account established  in  connection  with the  sale of  the 
pool. The “Spread Account” is an account established at the time the Company sells a pool of Contracts, to 
provide security to the Note Insurers, as defined below. If collections on the Contracts exceed such amounts, 
the  excess  is  utilized,  first,  to  build  up  or  replenish  the  Spread  Account  or  other  credit  enhancement  to  the 
extent  required,  second,  in  certain  cases  to  cover  deficiencies  in  Spread  Accounts  for  other  pools,  and  the 
balance, if any, constitutes excess cash flows, which are distributed to the Company. 

Pursuant  to  the  Servicing  Agreements,  the  Company  is  generally  required  to  charge  off  the  balance  of  any 
Contract by the earlier of the end of the month in which the Contract becomes five scheduled installments past 
due or, in the case of repossessions, the month that the proceeds from the liquidation of the financed vehicle 
are received by the Company or if the vehicle has been in repossession inventory for more than 90 days. In the 
case of repossession, the amount of the charge-off is the difference between the outstanding principal balance 
of the defaulted Contract and the net repossession sale proceeds. In the event collections on the Contracts are 
not  sufficient  to  pay  to  the  holders  of  interests  in  the  Trust  (“Noteholders”)  the  entire  principal  balance  of 
Contracts  charged  off  during  the  month,  the  trustee  draws  on  the  related  Spread  Account  to  pay  the 
Noteholders. The amount drawn would then have to be restored to the Spread Account from future collections 
on the Contracts remaining in the pool before the Company would again be entitled to receive excess cash. In 
addition, the Company would not be entitled to receive any further monthly servicing fees with respect to the 
charged-off Contracts. Subject to any recourse against the Company in the event of a breach of the Company’s 
representations  and  warranties  with  respect  to  any  Contracts  and  after  any  recourse  to  any  Note  Insurer 
guarantees  backing  the  Notes,  as  defined  below,  the  Noteholders  bear  the  risk  of  all  charge-offs  on  the 
Contracts in excess of the Spread Account. The Noteholders’rights with respect to distributions from the Trusts 
are  senior  to  the  Company’s  rights.  Accordingly,  variation  in  performance  of  pools  of  Contracts  affects  the 
Company’s ultimate realization of value derived from such Contracts. 

The Servicing Agreements are terminable by the insurers of certain of the Trust’s payment obligations (“Note 
Insurers”) in the event of certain defaults by the Company and under certain other circumstances. Were a Note 
Insurer  in  the  future  to  exercise  its  option  to  terminate  the  Servicing  Agreements,  such  a  termination  would 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and results of operations. The Company continues to 
receive Servicer extensions on a monthly and/or quarterly basis, pursuant to the Servicing Agreements. 

Competition  

The automobile financing business is highly competitive. The Company competes with a number of national, 
regional and local finance companies with operations similar to those of the Company. In addition, competitors 
or  potential  competitors  include  other  types  of  financial  services  companies,  such  as  commercial  banks, 
savings  and  loan  associations,  leasing  companies,  credit  unions  providing  retail  loan  financing  and  lease 
financing  for  new  and  used  vehicles,  and  captive  finance  companies  affiliated  with  major  automobile 
manufacturers  such  as  General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation,  Ford  Motor  Credit  Corporation,  Chrysler 
Finance  Corporation  and  Nissan  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation.  Many  of  the  Company’s  competitors  and 
potential  competitors  possess  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing,  technical,  personnel  and  other 
resources  than  the  Company.  Moreover,  the  Company’s  future  profitability  will  be  directly  related  to  the 
availability  and  cost  of  its  capital  in  relation  to  the  availability  and  cost  of  capital  to  its  competitors.  The 
Company’s  competitors  and  potential  competitors  include  far  larger,  more  established  companies  that  have 
access to capital markets for unsecured commercial paper and investment grade-rated debt instruments and to 
other  funding  sources  that  may  be  unavailable  to  the  Company.  Many  of  these  companies  also  have  long-
standing relationships with Dealers and may provide other financing to Dealers, including floor plan financing 
for the Dealers’ purchase of automobiles from manufacturers, which is not offered by the Company. 

The Company believes that the principal competitive factors affecting a Dealer’s decision to offer Contracts 
for sale to a particular financing source are the purchase price offered for the Contracts, the reasonableness of 
the financing source’s underwriting guidelines and documentation requests, the predictability and timeliness of 
purchases  and  the  financial  stability  of  the  funding  source.  The  Company  believes  that  it  can  obtain  from 

 13

 
 
Dealers sufficient Contracts for purchase at attractive prices by consistently applying reasonable underwriting 
criteria and making timely purchases of qualifying Contracts. 

Government Regulation  

Several  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws,  including  the  federal  Truth-In-Lending  Act,  the  federal 
Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the  federal  Fair  Debt  Collection  Practices  Act  and  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission Act, regulate the extension of credit in consumer credit transactions. These laws mandate certain 
disclosures with respect to finance charges on Contracts and impose certain other restrictions on Dealers. In 
many states, a license is required to engage in the business of purchasing Contracts from Dealers. In addition, 
laws in a number of states impose limitations on the amount of finance charges that may be charged by Dealers 
on credit sales. The so-called Lemon Laws enacted by various states provide certain rights to purchasers with 
respect to motor vehicles that fail to satisfy express warranties. The application of Lemon Laws or violation of 
such other federal and state laws may give rise to a claim or defense of a customer against a Dealer and its 
assignees,  including  the  Company  and  purchasers  of  Contracts  from  the  Company.  The  Dealer  Agreement 
contains  representations  by  the  Dealer  that,  as  of  the  date  of  assignment  of  Contracts,  no  such  claims  or 
defenses  have  been  asserted  or  threatened  with  respect  to  the  Contracts  and  that  all  requirements  of  such 
federal and state laws have been complied with in all material respects. Although a Dealer would be obligated 
to repurchase Contracts that involve a breach of such warranty, there can be no assurance that the Dealer will 
have  the  financial  resources  to  satisfy  its  repurchase obligations  to  the  Company.  Certain  of these  laws  also 
regulate the Company’s servicing activities, including its methods of collection. 

Although  the  Company  believes  that  it  is  currently  in  material  compliance  with  applicable  statutes  and 
regulations, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain such compliance. The past or 
future  failure  to  comply  with  such  statutes  and  regulations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the 
Company. Furthermore, the adoption of additional statutes and regulations, changes in the interpretation and 
enforcement of current statutes and regulations or the expansion of the Company’s business into jurisdictions 
that have adopted more stringent regulatory requirements than those in which the Company currently conducts 
business  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  Company.  In  addition,  due  to  the  consumer-oriented 
nature  of  the  industry  in  which  the  Company  operates  and  the  application  of  certain  laws  and  regulations, 
industry participants are regularly named as defendants in litigation involving alleged violations of federal and 
state  laws  and  regulations  and  consumer  law  torts,  including  fraud.  Many  of  these  actions  involve  alleged 
violations of consumer protection laws. A significant judgment against the Company or within the industry in 
connection with any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, 
results of operations or liquidity. See “Legal Proceedings.” 

Employees  

As of December 31, 2005, the Company had 742 full-time and 7 part-time employees. The breakdown of the 
employees is as follows: 6 are senior management personnel, 396 are collections personnel, 153 are Contract 
origination  personnel,  99  are  marketing  personnel  (84  of  whom  are  marketing  representatives),  68  are 
operations and systems personnel, and 27 are administrative personnel. The Company believes that its relations 
with its employees are good. The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

We Require A Substantial Amount Of Cash To Service Our Debt 

         To  service  our  existing  indebtedness,  we  require  a  significant  amount  of  cash.  Our  ability  to  generate 
cash depends on many factors, including our successful financial and operating performance. We cannot assure 

 14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
you  that  our  business  strategy  will  succeed  or  that  we  will  achieve  our  anticipated  financial  results.  Our 
financial  and  operational  performance  depends  upon  a  number  of  factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our 
control. These factors include, without limitation: 

the current economic and competitive conditions in the asset-backed securities market;           
the current credit quality of our motor vehicle contracts;           
the performance of our residual interests;           
any operating difficulties or pricing pressures we may experience;           

• 
• 
• 
• 
•  our ability to obtain credit enhancement;           
•  our ability to establish and maintain dealer relationships;           
• 
the passage of laws or regulations that affect us adversely;          
• 
any delays in implementing any strategic projects we may have;           
•  our ability to compete with our competitors; and           
•  our ability to acquire motor vehicle contracts 

         Depending upon the outcome of one or more of these factors, we may not be able to generate sufficient 
cash flow from operations or to obtain sufficient funding to satisfy all of our obligations. If we were unable to 
pay  our  debts,  we  would  be  required  to  pursue  one  or  more  alternative  strategies,  such  as  selling  assets, 
refinancing  or  restructuring our  indebtedness  or  selling  additional  equity  capital.  These  alternative  strategies 
might  not  be  feasible  at  the  time,  might  prove  inadequate  or  could  require  the  prior  consent  of  our  senior 
secured and unsecured lenders. 

We Need Substantial Liquidity To Operate Our Business 

         We have historically funded our operations principally through internally generated cash flows, sales of 
debt and equity securities, including through securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, borrowings from a 
private equity fund and sales of subordinated notes. However, we may not be able to obtain sufficient funding 
for our operations through either or a combination of (1) future access to the capital markets for equity or debt 
issuances, including securitizations or (2) future borrowings or other financings on acceptable terms to us. 

         If we were unable to access the capital markets or obtain acceptable financing, our results of operations, 
financial  condition  and  cash  flows  would  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  We  require  a  substantial 
amount of cash liquidity to operate our business. Among other things, we use such cash liquidity to: 

acquire motor vehicle contracts;           
fund overcollateralization in warehouse facilities and securitizations;           

• 
• 
•  pay securitization fees and expenses;           
• 
• 
•  pay interest expense. 

fund spread accounts in connection with securitizations;           
satisfy working capital requirements and pay operating expenses; and           

         Prior to the third quarter of 2003, when we securitized our motor vehicle contracts, we reported a gain on 
the sale of those contracts. This gain represented a substantial portion of our revenues prior to the third quarter 
of 2003. However, although we reported this gain at the time of sale, we received the monthly cash payments 
on those  contracts  (representing  revenue  previously  recognized) over  the life of  the  motor  vehicle contracts, 
rather  than  at  the  time  of  sale.  As  a  result,  a  substantial  portion  of  our  reported  revenues  prior  to  the  third 
quarter of 2003 did not represent immediate cash liquidity.  

 15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Results  of  Operations  Will  Depend  On  Our  Ability  To  Secure  And  Maintain  Credit  And 
Warehouse Financing On Favorable Terms. 

         We depend on credit and warehouse facilities to finance our purchases of motor vehicle contracts. Our 
business strategy requires that these credit and warehouse financing sources continue to be available to us from 
the time of purchase or origination of a motor vehicle contract until its sale through a securitization. 

         Our primary source of day-to-day liquidity is our warehouse lines of credit, in which we sell or pledge 
motor  vehicle  contracts,  as  often  as  twice  a  week,  to  special-purpose  affiliated  entities  where  they  are 
"warehoused" until they are securitized. We depend substantially on two warehouse lines of credit: (i) a $150 
million warehouse line of credit, which we opened in November 2005 and, unless earlier terminated upon the 
occurrence of certain events, will expire in November 2006 and (ii) a $200 million warehouse line of credit, 
which  was  executed  in  June  2004  and,  unless  earlier  terminated  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events,  will 
expire  in  June  2006.  We  are  able  to  renew  both  lines  with  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties  for  two 
consecutive one year increments.  These warehouse facilities will remain available to us only if, among other 
things,  we  comply  with  certain  financial  covenants  contained  in  the  documents  governing  these  facilities. 
These  warehouse  facilities  may  not  be  available  to  us  in  the  future  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  other 
credit facilities on favorable terms to fund our operations. 

         If  we  were  unable  to arrange new warehousing or  credit  facilities or  extend  our existing  warehouse  or 
credit  facilities  when  they  come  due,  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  cash  flows  could  be 
materially and adversely affected.  

Our Results of Operations Will Depend On Our Ability To Securitize Our Portfolio Of Motor Vehicle 
Contracts. 

          We  are  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  continue  to  finance  pools  of  motor  vehicle  contracts  in  term 
securitizations  in  order  to  generate  cash  proceeds  for  new  purchases  of  motor  vehicle  contracts.  We  have 
historically  depended  on  securitizations  of  motor  vehicle  contracts  to  provide  permanent  financing  of  those 
contracts. By "permanent financing" we mean financing that extends to cover the full term of the contracts. By 
contrast,  our  warehouse  credit  facilities  permit  us  to  borrow  against  the  value  of  such  receivables  only  for 
limited  times.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  securitization  transaction  will  be  available  on  terms 
acceptable  to  us,  or  at  all.  The  timing  of  any  securitization  transaction  is  affected  by  a  number  of  factors 
beyond our control, any of which could cause substantial delays, including, without limitation, 

•  market conditions;          
• 
• 
•  our ability to acquire a sufficient number of motor vehicle contracts for securitization 

the approval by all parties of the terms of the securitization;          
the availability of credit enhancement on acceptable terms; and           

         Adverse  changes  in  the  market  for  securitized  contract  pools  may  result  in  our  inability  to  securitize 
contracts  and  may  result  in  a  substantial  extension  of  the  period  during  which  our  contracts  are  financed 
through our warehouse facilities, which would burden our financing capabilities, could require us to curtail our 
purchase of contracts, and could have a material adverse effect on us.  

Our  Results  of  Operations  Will  Depend  On  Cash  Flows  From  Our  Residual  Interests  In  Our 
Securitization Program And Our Warehouse Credit Facilities. 

         When we sell or pledge our motor vehicle contracts in securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, we 
receive cash and a residual interest in the securitized assets. This residual interest represents the right to receive 
the future cash flows to be generated by the motor vehicle contracts in excess of (i) the interest and principal 
paid  to  investors  on  the  indebtedness  issued  in  connection  with  the  financing  (ii)  the  costs  of  servicing  the 
contracts and (iii) certain other costs incurred in connection with completing and maintaining the securitization 
or warehousing. We sometimes refer to these future cash flows as "excess spread cash flows." 

 16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         Under the financial structures we have used to date in our securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, 
excess spread cash flows that would otherwise be paid to the holder of the residual interest are used to increase 
overcollateralization  or  are  retained  in  a  spread  account  within  the  securitization  trusts  or  the  warehouse 
facility to provide liquidity and credit enhancement for the related securities. 

         While  the  specific  terms  and  mechanics  of  each  spread  account  vary  among  transactions,  our 
securitization  and  warehousing  agreements  generally  provide  that  we  will  receive  excess  spread  cash  flows 
only if the amount of overcollateralization and spread account balances have reached specified levels and/or 
the delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the contracts in the  motor vehicle contract pools are below 
certain predetermined levels. In the event delinquencies, defaults or net losses on contracts exceed these levels, 
the terms of the securitization or warehouse facility: 

•  may require increased credit enhancement, including an increase in the amount required to be on 

deposit in the spread account, to be accumulated for the particular pool;           

•  may restrict the distribution to us of excess spread cash flows associated with other securitized or 

• 

warehoused pools; and           
in certain circumstances, may permit affected parties to require the transfer of servicing on some or all 
of the securitized or warehoused contracts to another servicer. 

         We  typically  retain  or  sell  residual  interests  or  use  them  as  collateral  to  borrow  cash.  In  any  case,  the 
future excess spread cash flow received in respect of the residual interests are integral to the financing of our 
operations. The amount of cash received from residual interests depends in large part on how well our portfolio 
of securitized and warehoused motor vehicle contracts performs. If our portfolio of warehoused and securitized 
motor  vehicle  contracts  has  higher  delinquency  and  loss  ratios  than  expected,  then  the  amount  of  money 
realized from our retained residual interests, or the amount of money we could obtain from the sale or other 
financing of our residual interests, would be reduced, which could have an adverse effect on our operations, 
financial condition and cash flows. 

If We Are Unable To Obtain Credit Enhancement For Our Securitization Program Or Our Warehouse 
Credit Facilities Upon Favorable Terms, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         In  our  securitizations,  we  typically  utilize  credit  enhancement  in  the  form  of  one  or  more  financial 
guaranty  insurance  policies  issued  by  financial  guaranty  insurance  companies.  Each  of  these  policies 
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees certain interest and principal payments on the securities issued in 
our securitizations. These guarantees enable these securities to achieve the highest credit rating available. This 
form  of  credit  enhancement  reduces  the  costs  of  our  securitizations  relative  to  alternative  forms  of  credit 
enhancements  currently  available  to  us.  None  of  such  financial  guaranty  insurance  companies  is  required  to 
insure future securitizations. As we pursue future securitizations, we may not be able to obtain: 

• 

• 

credit enhancement in any form from financial guaranty insurance companies or any other provider of 
credit enhancement on acceptable terms; or           
similar ratings for future securitizations. 

If Our Portfolio Of Motor Vehicle Contracts Experiences Higher Levels Of Defaults, Delinquencies Or 
Losses Than We Anticipate, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         We  specialize  in  the  purchase,  sale  and  servicing  of  contracts  to  finance  automobile  purchases  by 
customers with impaired or limited credit histories or "sub-prime" customers, which entail a higher risk of non-
performance, higher delinquencies and higher losses than contracts with more creditworthy customers. While 
we  believe  that  the  underwriting  criteria  and  collection  methods  we  employ  enable  us  to  control  the  higher 
risks inherent in contracts with sub-prime customers, no assurance can be given that such criteria and methods 
will  afford  adequate  protection  against  such  risks.  We  have  in  the  past  experienced  fluctuations  in  the 

 17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
delinquency and charge-off performance of our contracts. In the event that portfolios of contracts securitized 
and serviced by us experience greater defaults, higher delinquencies or higher net losses than anticipated, our 
income could be negatively affected. A larger number of defaults than anticipated could also result in adverse 
changes in the structure of future securitization transactions, such as a requirement of increased cash collateral 
or other credit enhancement in such transactions. 

If  The  Economy  Of  All  Or  Certain  Regions  Of  The  United  States  Slows  Or  Enters  Into  A  Recession, 
Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         Our business is directly related to sales of new and used automobiles, which are sensitive to employment 
rates,  prevailing  interest  rates  and  other  domestic  economic  conditions.  Delinquencies,  repossessions  and 
losses  generally  increase  during  economic  slowdowns  or  recessions.  Because  of  our  focus  on  "sub-prime" 
customers, the actual rates of delinquencies, repossessions and losses on our motor vehicle contracts could be 
higher  under  adverse  economic  conditions  than  those  experienced  in  the  automobile  finance  industry  in 
general,  particularly  in  the  states  of  Texas,  California,  Ohio,  Florida  and  Pennsylvania,  states  in  which  our 
motor  vehicle  contracts  are  geographically  concentrated.  Any  sustained  period  of  economic  slowdown  or 
recession could adversely affect our ability to sell or securitize pools of contracts. The timing of any economic 
changes is uncertain, and weakness in the economy could have an adverse effect on our business and that of 
the  dealers  from  which  we  purchase  contracts  and  result  in  reductions  in  our  revenues  or  the  cash  flows 
available to us.  

If  An  Increase  In  Interest  Rates  Results  In  A  Decrease  In  Our  Cash  Flow  From  Excess  Spread,  Our 
Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         Our profitability is largely determined by the difference, or "spread," between the effective interest rate 
received  by  us  on  the  motor  vehicle  contracts  that  we  acquire  and  the  interest  rates  payable  under  our 
warehouse credit facilities during the warehousing period and on the securities issued in our securitizations. 

         Several factors affect our ability to manage interest rate risk. Specifically, we are subject to interest rate 
risk  during  the  period  between  when  motor  vehicle  contracts  are  purchased  from  dealers  and  when  such 
contracts  are  sold  and  financed  in  a  securitization.  Interest  rates  on  our  warehouse  credit  facilities  are 
adjustable while the interest rates on the contracts are fixed. Therefore, if interest rates increase, the interest we 
must pay to the lenders under our warehouse credit facilities is likely to increase while the interest realized by 
us  under  those  warehoused  contracts  remains  the  same,  and  thus,  during  the  warehousing  period,  the excess 
spread  cash  flow  received  by  us  would  likely  decrease.  Additionally,  contracts  warehoused  and  then 
securitized during a rising interest rate environment may result in less excess spread cash flow realized by us 
under those securitizations as, historically, our securitization facilities pay interest to securityholders on a fixed 
rate basis set at prevailing interest rates at the time of the closing of the securitization, which may be several 
months  after  the  contracts  securitized  were  originated  and  entered  the  warehouse,  while  our  customers  pay 
fixed  rates  of  interest  on  the  contracts.  A  decrease  in  excess  spread  cash  flow  could  adversely  affect  our 
earnings and cash flow.  

         To  mitigate,  but  not  eliminate,  the  short-term  risk  relating  to  interest  rates  payable  by  us  under  the 
warehouse  facilities,  we generally hold  motor vehicle  contracts in  the  warehouse  facilities  for  less  than  four 
months.  To  mitigate,  but  not  eliminate,  the  long-term  risk  relating  to  interest  rates  payable  by  us  in 
securitizations, we have in the past, and intend to continue to, structure some of our securitization transactions 
to  include  pre-funding  structures,  whereby  the  amount  of  securities  issued  exceeds  the  amount  of  contracts 
initially  sold  into  the  securitization.  In pre-funding,  the  proceeds  from  the  pre-funded portion  are  held  in  an 
escrow account until we sell the additional contracts into the securitization in amounts up to the balance of the 
pre-funded  escrow  account.  In  pre-funded  securitizations,  we  effectively  lock  in  our  borrowing  costs  with 
respect  to  the  contracts  we  subsequently  sell  into  the  securitization.  However,  we  incur  an  expense  in  pre-
funded securitizations equal to the difference between the money market yields earned on the proceeds held in 
escrow  prior  to  subsequent  delivery  of  contracts  and  the  interest  rate  paid  on  the  securities  outstanding,  the 
amount  as  to  which  there  can  be  no  assurance.  Despite  these  mitigation  strategies,  an  increase  in  prevailing 

 18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
interest  rates  would  cause  us  to  receive  less  excess  spread  cash  flows  on  motor  vehicle  contracts,  and  thus 
could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.  

If We Are Unable To Successfully Compete With Our Competitors, Our Results of Operations May Be 
Impaired. 

         The automobile financing business is highly competitive. We compete with a number of national, local 
and  regional  finance  companies.  In  addition,  competitors  or  potential  competitors  include  other  types  of 
financial  services  companies,  such  as  commercial  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations,  leasing  companies, 
credit unions providing retail loan financing and lease financing for new and used vehicles and captive finance 
companies  affiliated  with  major  automobile  manufacturers  such  as  General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation 
and Ford Motor Credit Corporation. Many of our competitors and potential competitors possess substantially 
greater financial, marketing, technical, personnel and other resources than we do, including greater access to 
capital  markets  for  unsecured  commercial  paper  and  investment  grade  rated  debt  instruments,  and  to  other 
funding sources which may be unavailable to us. Moreover, our future profitability will be directly related to 
the availability and cost of our capital relative to that of our competitors. Many of these companies also have 
long-standing  relationships  with  automobile  dealers  and  may  provide  other  financing  to  dealers,  including 
floor  plan  financing  for  the  dealers'  purchases  of  automobiles  from  manufacturers,  which  we  do  not  offer. 
There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to compete successfully and, as a result, we may not 
be able to purchase contracts from dealers at a price acceptable to us, which could result in reductions in our 
revenues or the cash flows available to us.  

If  Our  Dealers  Do  Not  Submit  A  Sufficient  Number  Of  Suitable  Motor  Vehicle  Contracts  To  Us  For 
Purchase, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         We  are  dependent  upon  establishing  and  maintaining  relationships  with  a  large  number  of  unaffiliated 
automobile dealers to supply us with motor vehicle contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2005, no 
dealer accounted for more than 1.0% of the contracts we purchased. The agreements we have with dealers to 
purchase contracts do not require dealers to submit a minimum number of contracts for purchase. The failure 
of dealers to submit contracts that meet our underwriting criteria could result in reductions in our revenues or 
the cash flows available to us, and, therefore, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. 

If A Significant Number Of Our Motor Vehicle Contracts Prepay Or Experience Defaults, Our Results 
of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         If  motor  vehicle  contracts  that  we  purchase  or  service  are  prepaid  or  experience  defaults,  this  could 
materially  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  cash  flows.  Our  results  of 
operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity, depend, to a material extent, on the performance of 
motor vehicle contracts that we purchase, warehouse and securitize. A portion of the motor vehicle contracts 
acquired by us will default or prepay. In the event of payment default, the collateral value of the motor vehicle 
securing a motor vehicle contract will most likely not cover the outstanding principal balance on that contract 
and the related costs of recovery. We maintain an allowance for credit losses on motor vehicle contracts held 
on our balance sheet, which reflects our estimates of probable credit losses which can be reasonably estimated 
for on-balance sheet securitizations and warehoused contracts. If the allowance is inadequate, then we would 
recognize the losses in excess of the allowance as an expense and our results of operations could be adversely 
affected. In addition, under the terms of our warehouse facilities, we are not able to borrow against defaulted 
motor vehicle contracts. 

         Our servicing income can also be adversely affected by prepayment of, or defaults under, motor vehicle 
contracts  in  our  servicing  portfolio.  Our  contractual  servicing  revenue  is  based  on  a  percentage  of  the 
outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  motor  vehicle  contracts  in  our  servicing  portfolio.  If  motor  vehicle 
contracts are prepaid or charged off, then our servicing revenue will decline while our servicing costs may not 
decline proportionately. 

 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         The value of our residual interest in the securitized assets in each off-balance sheet securitization reflects 
our estimate of expected future credit losses and prepayments for the motor vehicle contracts included in that 
securitization. If actual rates of credit loss or prepayments, or both, on such motor vehicle contracts exceed our 
estimates,  the  value  of  our  residual  interest  and  the  related  cash  flow  would  be  impaired.  We  periodically 
review our credit loss and prepayment assumptions relative to the performance of the securitized motor vehicle 
contracts and to market conditions. Our results of operations and liquidity could be adversely affected if actual 
credit loss or prepayment levels on securitized motor vehicle contracts substantially exceed anticipated levels. 
Under  certain  circumstances,  we  could  be  required  to  record  an  impairment  charge  through  a  reduction  to 
interest income. 

The Effects Of Terrorism And Military Action May Impair Our Results of Operations. 

         The  long-term  economic  impact  of  the  events  of  September  11,  2001,  possible  future  attacks  or  other 
incidents  and related  military  action,  or  current  or  future  military  action by  United  States  forces  in  Iraq  and 
other regions, could have a material adverse effect on general economic conditions, consumer confidence, and 
market liquidity. No assurance can be given as to the effect of these events on the performance of the motor 
vehicle  contracts.  Any  adverse  impact  resulting  from  these  events  could  materially  affect  our  results  of 
operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, activation of a substantial number of U.S. military 
reservists  or  members  of  the  National  Guard  may  significantly  increase  the  proportion  of  contracts  whose 
interest  rates  are  reduced  by  the  application  of  the  Servicemembers'  Civil  Relief  Act,  which  provides, 
generally, that an obligor who is covered by the relief act may not be charged interest on the related contract in 
excess of 6% annually during the period of the obligor's active duty. 

If We Lose Servicing Rights On Our Portfolio Of Motor Vehicle Contracts, Our Results of Operations 
Will Be Impaired. 

         The loss of our servicing rights could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial 
condition and cash flows. Our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, would be materially 
and adversely affected if any of the following were to occur: 

• 
• 

• 

the loss of our servicing rights under the sale and servicing agreements for our warehouse facilities;           
the loss of our servicing rights under the applicable sale and servicing agreement relating to motor 
vehicle contracts which we have sold in our securitizations or service on behalf of third parties, 
including servicing rights acquired from Seawest; or 
the occurrence of certain trigger events under our insurance agreements with financial guaranty 
insurance companies or with any other credit enhancer in each of our securitizations that would block 
the release of excess spread cash flows or cash releases from the spread accounts in those 
securitizations. 

         We  are  entitled  to  receive  servicing  fees  only  while  we  act  as  servicer  under  the  applicable  sale  and 
servicing agreement for motor vehicle contracts entered into in connection with our warehouse facilities and 
securitizations  and  the  agreements  under  which  we  service  motor  vehicle  contracts  in  connection  with  the 
Seawest securitizations. Under our warehouse facilities and securitizations and the Seawest securitizations, we 
may be terminated as servicer upon the occurrence of certain events, including: 

•  our failure generally to observe and perform covenants and agreements applicable to us;           
• 
• 

certain bankruptcy events involving us; or           
the occurrence of certain events of default under the documents governing the facilities. 

 20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If We Lose Key Personnel, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired 

         Our  future  operating  results  depend  in  significant  part  upon  the  continued  service  of  our  key  senior 
management  personnel,  none  of  whom  is  bound  by  an  employment  agreement.  Our  future  operating  results 
also  depend in  part  upon  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  management,  technical,  sales  and  support 
personnel for our operations. Competition for such personnel is intense. We cannot assure you that we will be 
successful  in  attracting  or  retaining  such  personnel.  The  loss  of  any  key  employee,  the  failure  of  any  key 
employee to perform in his or her current position or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees, as 
needed, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

If We Fail To Comply With Regulations, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         Failure to materially comply with all laws and regulations applicable to us could materially and adversely 
affect  our  ability  to  operate  our  business.  Our  business  is  subject  to  numerous  federal  and  state  consumer 
protection laws and regulations, which, among other things: 

require us to obtain and maintain certain licenses and qualifications;           
limit the interest rates, fees and other charges we are allowed to charge;           
limit or prescribe certain other terms of our motor vehicle contracts;          
require specific disclosures;           

• 
• 
• 
• 
•  define our rights to repossess and sell collateral; and           
•  maintain safeguards designed to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information. 

         We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with all such laws and regulations, and that 
such laws and regulations have had no material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business. However, 
we may be materially and adversely affected if we fail to comply with: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

applicable laws and regulations;           
changes in existing laws or regulations;          
changes in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations; or           
any additional laws or regulations that may be enacted in the future. 

If We Experience Unfavorable Litigation Results, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired. 

         Unfavorable  outcomes  in  any  of  our  current  or  future  litigation  proceedings  could  materially  and 
adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  financial  conditions  and  cash  flows.  As  a  consumer  finance 
company,  we  are  subject  to  various  consumer  claims  and  litigation  seeking  damages  and  statutory  penalties 
based upon, among other things, disclosure inaccuracies and wrongful repossession, which could take the form 
of a plaintiff's class action complaint. We, as the assignee of finance contracts originated by dealers, may also 
be named as a co-defendant in lawsuits filed by consumers principally against dealers. We are also subject to 
other litigation common to the motor vehicle industry and businesses in general. The damages and penalties 
claimed  by  consumers  and  others  in  these  types  of  matters  can  be  substantial.  The  relief  requested  by  the 
plaintiffs varies but includes requests for compensatory, statutory and punitive damages. 

         While  we  intend  to  vigorously  defend  ourselves  against  such  proceedings,  there  is  a  chance  that  our 
results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  cash  flows  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  by 
unfavorable outcomes.  

 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If We Experience Problems With Our Accounting And Collection Systems, Our Results of Operations 
May Be Impaired. 

         Problems with our in-house receivables accounting and collection systems could materially and adversely 
affect  our  collections  and  cash  flows.  Any  significant  failures  or  defects  with  our  accounting  and  collection 
systems could adversely affect our results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows.  

We Have Substantial Indebtedness  

         We have and will continue to have a substantial amount of indebtedness. At December 31, 2005, we had 
approximately $1.06 billion of debt outstanding. 

         Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition by, among other things: 

• 
• 

• 

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; 
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations payments on our 
indebtedness, thereby reducing amounts available for working capital, capital expenditures and  other 
general corporate purposes; 
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in 
which we operate; 

•  placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and 
• 

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds. 

         Although we believe we will generate sufficient free cash flow to service such debt, there is no assurance 
that we will be able to do so. If we do not generate sufficient operating profits, our ability to make required 
payments on our debt may be impaired. 

Because  We  Are  Subject  To  Many  Restrictions  In  Our  Existing  Credit  Facilities,  Our  Ability  To  Pay 
Dividends May Be Impaired. 

         The  terms  of  our  existing  credit  facilities  and  our  outstanding  debt  impose  significant  operating  and 
financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries and require us to meet certain financial tests. These restrictions 
may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business  activities,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  These 
restrictions  may  also  significantly  limit  or  prohibit  us  from  engaging  in  certain  transactions,  including  the 
following: 

incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness;           

• 
•  making capital expenditures in excess of agreed upon amounts;         
•  paying dividends or other distributions to our stockholders or redeeming, repurchasing or retiring our 

capital stock or subordinated obligations;           

creating or permitting liens on our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries;          
issuing or selling capital stock of our subsidiaries;           
transferring or selling our assets;         
engaging in mergers or consolidations;          

•  making investments;           
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  permitting a change of control of our company;          
• 
• 

liquidating, winding up or dissolving our company;           
changing our name or the nature of our business, or the names or nature of the business of our 
subsidiaries; and           
engaging in transactions with our affiliates outside the normal course of business. 

• 

         These restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional sources of capital, which may limit our ability 
to  generate  earnings.  In  addition,  the  failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  covenants  of  our  existing  credit 

 22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
facilities  or  to  maintain  certain  indebtedness  ratios  would  cause  a  default  under  one  or  more  of  our  credit 
facilities  or  our  other  debt  agreements  that  may  be  outstanding  from  time  to  time.  A  default,  if  not  waived, 
could result in acceleration of the related indebtedness, in which case such debt would become immediately 
due and payable. A continuing default or acceleration of one or more of our credit facilities or any other debt 
agreement,  will  likely  cause  a  default  and  other  debt  agreements  that  otherwise  would  not  be  in  default,  in 
which case all such related indebtedness could be accelerated. If this occurs, we may not be able to repay our 
debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance our indebtedness. Even if any new financing is available, it may 
not be on terms that are acceptable to us or it may not be sufficient to refinance all of our indebtedness as it 
becomes due. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

         This report contains certain statements of a forward-looking nature relating to future events or our future 
performance. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates 
and  projections  about  us  and  our  industry.  When  used  in  this  prospectus,  the  words  "expects,"  "believes," 
"anticipates,"  "estimates,"  "intends"  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking 
statements. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements of our plans, strategies and prospects.  

         These  forward-looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  that 
could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those projected. The cautionary statements made 
in this report should be read as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear 
in  this  report.  We  assume  no obligation to update  these  forward-looking  statements  publicly  for  any  reason. 
Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. 

         The risk factors discussed above could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed 
in any forward-looking statements. 

Item  1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 
Not Applicable 

Item 2. Property  

The Company’s headquarters are located in Irvine, California, where it leases approximately 115,000 square 
feet of general office space from an unaffiliated lessor. The annual base rent was approximately $1.9 million 
through October 2003, and increased to $2.1 million for the following five years. In addition to base rent, the 
Company pays the property taxes, maintenance and other expenses of the premises. 

In March 1997, the Company established a branch collection facility in Chesapeake, Virginia. The Company 
leases approximately 28,000 square feet of general office space in Chesapeake, Virginia, at a base rent that is 
currently $474,537 per year, increasing to $501,542 over a 10-year term. 

The  remaining  three  regional  servicing  centers  occupy  a  total of  approximately  51,000  square feet of  leased 
space in Maitland, Florida; Marietta, Georgia and Hinsdale, Illinois. The termination dates of such leases range 
from 2007 to 2010. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

Stanwich Litigation. CPS was for some time a defendant in a class action (the “Stanwich Case”) brought in the 
California  Superior  Court,  Los  Angeles  County.  The  original  plaintiffs  in  that  case  were  persons  entitled  to 
receive regular payments (the “Settlement Payments”) under out-of-court settlements reached with third party 

 23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
defendants. Stanwich Financial Services Corp. (“Stanwich”), an affiliate of the former chairman of the board 
of Directors of CPS, is the entity that was obligated to pay the Settlement Payments. Stanwich has defaulted on 
its payment obligations to the plaintiffs and in June 2001 filed for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, 
in the federal Bankruptcy Court of Connecticut. At December 31, 2004, CPS was a defendant only in a cross-
claim brought by one of the other defendants in the case, Bankers Trust Company, which asserted a claim of 
contractual indemnity against CPS. 

CPS  subsequently  settled  the  cross-claim  of  Bankers  Trust  by  payment  of  $3.24  million,  in  February  2005. 
Pursuant to that settlement, the court has dismissed the cross-claim,  with prejudice. The amount paid by the 
Company was accrued for and included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company’s balance 
sheet as of December 31, 2004. 

In  November  2001,  one  of  the  defendants  in  the  Stanwich  Case,  Jonathan  Pardee,  asserted  claims  for 
indemnity against the Company in a separate action, which is now pending in federal district court in Rhode 
Island.  The  Company  has  filed  counterclaims  in  the  Rhode  Island  federal  court  against  Mr.  Pardee,  and  has 
filed a separate action against Mr. Pardee's Rhode Island attorneys, in the same court. The litigation between 
Mr.  Pardee  and  CPS  is  stayed, awaiting  resolution  of  an  adversary  action brought against  Mr.  Pardee in  the 
bankruptcy court, which is hearing the bankruptcy of Stanwich. 

The reader should consider that an adverse judgment against CPS in the Rhode Island case for indemnification, 
if in an amount materially in excess of any liability already recorded in respect thereof, could have a material 
adverse effect.  

Other  Litigation.  On  June  2,  2004,  Delmar  Coleman  filed  a  lawsuit  in  the  circuit  court  of  Tuscaloosa, 
Alabama, alleging that plaintiff Coleman was harmed by an alleged failure to refer, in the notice given after 
repossession of his vehicle, to the right to purchase the vehicle by tender of the full amount owed under the 
retail  installment  contract.  Plaintiff  seeks  damages  in  an  unspecified  amount,  on  behalf  of  a  purported 
nationwide class. CPS removed the case to federal bankruptcy court, and filed a motion for summary judgment 
as part of its adversary proceeding against the plaintiff in the bankruptcy court. The federal bankruptcy court 
granted  the  plaintiff’s  motion  to  send  the  matter  back  to  Alabama  state  court.  CPS  has  appealed  the  ruling. 
Although  CPS  believes  that  it  has  one  or  more  defenses  to  each  of  the  claims  made  in  this  lawsuit,  no 
discovery  has  yet  been  conducted  and  the  case  is  still  in  its  earliest  stages.  Accordingly,  there  can  be  no 
assurance as to its outcome.  

In June 2004, Plaintiff Jeremy Henry filed a lawsuit against the Company in the California Superior Court, San 
Diego County, alleging improper practices related to the notice given after repossession of a vehicle that he 
purchased.  Plaintiff’s motion for a certification of a class has been denied, and is the subject of an appeal now 
before the California Court of Appeal. Irrespective of the outcome of that appeal, as to which there can be no 
assurance,  the  Company  has  a  number  of  defenses  that  may  be  dispositive  with  respect  to  the  claims  of 
plaintiff Henry. 

In  August  and  September  2005,  two  plaintiffs  represented  by  the  same  law  firm  filed  substantially  identical 
lawsuits in the federal district court for the northern district of Illinois, each of which purports to be a class 
action, and each of which alleges that CPS improperly accessed consumer credit information. CPS has reached 
agreements in principle to settle these cases, which await confirmation by the court. 

The  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  as  of  December  31,  2005  that  it  believes  represents  a  sufficient 
allowance for legal contingencies. Any adverse judgment against the Company, if in an amount materially in 
excess of the recorded liability, could have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company. 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  

Not applicable.  

 24

 
 
 
 
 
Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Registrant  

Information regarding the Company’s executive officers follows:  

Charles E. Bradley, Jr., 46, has been the President and a director of the Company since its formation in March 
1991.  In  January  1992,  Mr.  Bradley  was  appointed  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.  From  March 
1991 until December 1995 he served as Vice President and a director of CPS Holdings, Inc. From April 1989 
to November 1990, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Barnard and Company, a private investment firm. 
From  September  1987  to  March  1989,  Mr.  Bradley,  Jr.  was  an  associate  of  The  Harding  Group,  a  private 
investment banking firm.  

Mark A. Creatura, 46, has been Senior Vice President – General Counsel since October 1996. From October 
1993  through  October  1996,  he  was  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  at  Urethane  Technologies,  Inc.,  a 
polyurethane chemicals formulator. Mr. Creatura was previously engaged in the private practice of law with 
the  Los  Angeles  law  firm  of  Troy  &  Gould  Professional  Corporation,  from  October  1985  through  October 
1993. 

Jeffrey  P.  Fritz,  46,  has  been  Senior  Vice  President  –  Accounting  since  August  2004.  He  served  as  a 
consultant to the Company from May 2004 to August 2004. Previously, he was the Chief Financial Officer of 
SeaWest  Financial  Corp.  from  February  2003  to  May  2004,  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  AFCO  Auto 
Finance  from  April  2002  to  February  2003.  He  practiced  public  accounting  with  Glenn  M.  Gelman  & 
Associates  from  March  2001  to  April  2002  and  was  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Credit  Services  Group,  Inc. 
from May 1999 to November 2000. He previously served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer from its 
inception through May 1999. 

Curtis K. Powell, 49, has been Senior Vice President – Contract Origination since June 2001. Previously, he 
was the Company’s Senior Vice President – Marketing, from April 1995. He joined the Company in January 
1993 as an independent marketing representative until being appointed Regional Vice President of Marketing 
for  Southern  California  in  November  1994.  From  June  1985  through  January  1993,  Mr.  Powell  was  in  the 
retail automobile sales and leasing business. 

Robert E. Riedl, 42, has been Senior Vice President – Chief Financial Officer since August 2003. Mr. Riedl 
joined the Company as Senior Vice President – Risk Management in January 2003. Mr. Riedl was a Principal 
at Northwest Capital Appreciation (“NCA”), a  middle  market private equity firm, from 2000 to 2002. For a 
year prior to joining Northwest Capital, Mr. Riedl served as Senior Vice President for one of NCA’s portfolio 
companies,  SLP  Capital.  Mr.  Riedl  was  an  investment  banker  for  ContiFinancial  Services  Corporation  from 
1995 until joining SLP Capital in 1999. 

Christopher Terry, 38, has been Senior Vice President – Asset Recovery since January 2003. He joined the 
Company in January 1995 as a loan officer, held a series of successively more responsible positions, and was 
promoted to Vice President - Asset Recovery in June 1999. Mr. Terry was previously a branch manager with 
Norwest Financial from 1990. 

 25

 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters  

The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market System, under the symbol “CPSS.” 
The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices as reported by Nasdaq for the Company’s Common 
Stock for the periods shown. 

January 1 - March 31, 2004…………………………………….………….
April 1 - June 30, 2004………………………………………….……… .
July 1 - September 30, 2004…………………………………...………….
October 1 - December 31, 2004……………………………….………….
January 1 - March 31, 2005…………………………………….………….
April 1 - June 30, 2005………………………………………….……… .
July 1 - September 30, 2005…………………………………...………….
October 1 - December 31, 2005……………………………….………….

High
3.96
4.97
5.21
4.87
5.50
5.38
5.45
6.50

Low
2.94
3.12
3.71
3.98
4.26
3.50
4.14
4.82

As  of  February  22,  2006,  there  were  82  holders  of  record  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock.  To  date,  the 
Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its Common Stock. The payment of future dividends, if 
any, on the Company’s Common Stock is within the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon 
the  Company’s  income,  its  capital  requirements  and  financial  condition,  and  other  relevant  factors.  The 
instruments governing the Company’s outstanding debt place certain restrictions on the payment of dividends. 
The  Company  does  not  intend  to  declare  any  dividends  on  its  Common  Stock  in  the  foreseeable  future,  but 
instead intends to retain any cash flow for use in the Company’s operations. 

The  table  below  presents  information  regarding  outstanding  options  to  purchase  the  Company’s  Common 
Stock: 

Plan category

Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders………….
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders………….

$

$

Total………….………………………..

Number of securities Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants 
and rights

to be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants 
and rights

Number of 
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans

4,863,654

-

4,863,654

$3.38

-

$3.38

165,261

-

165,261

 26

  
 
 
                      
                         
                                
                            
                                     
                      
                         
 
During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company purchased a total of 198,659 shares of its common 
stock.  The  Company’s  purchases  of  common  stock  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2005  are  described  in  the 
following table: 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in the Fourth Quarter  

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
35,250
22,255
25,401
82,906

Period(1)
October 2005…… $
November 2005……$
December 2005……$
Total

_________________________ 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(2)

Average
Price Paid
per Share

$             

$            

5.84
6.32
5.82
5.96

35,250
22,255
25,401
82,906

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

$                          

5,310,072
5,169,508
5,021,659

(1) Each monthly period is the calendar month. 

(2) The Company announced in August 2000 its intention to purchase up to $5 million of its outstanding securities, inclusive of 
annual  $1  million  sinking  fund  redemptions  on  its  Rising  Interest  Redeemable  Subordinated  Securities  due  2006.  In  October 
2002, the August 2000 program having been exhausted, the Company’s board of directors authorized the purchase of up to an 
additional $5 million of such securities, which program was first announced in the Company’s annual report for the year 2002, 
filed on March 26, 2003. All purchases described in the table above were under the plan announced in March 2003, which has 
no fixed expiration date. 

On June 30, 2004, the Company issued 333,333 shares of its common stock to John G. Poole, a director of the 
Company, upon conversion at maturity, and pursuant to its terms, of a $1,000,000 note held by Mr. Poole since 
1998.  The  issuance  of  shares  was  exempt  from  registration  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  pursuant  to 
Section 3(a)(9) thereof, as the shares were issued in exchange for the outstanding note, and no commission was 
paid for soliciting such exchange. 

 27

  
           
                              
           
               
                              
                            
           
               
                              
                            
           
                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

Statement of Operations Data:
Net gain on sale of Contracts (1)….………………...……...… $
Interest income…………………………..…………………… $
Servicing fees……………………………….…………………$
Total revenue……………………………...……………..…… $
Operating expenses…………………………..……………….. $
Income (loss) before extraordinary item (2)……………..…… $
Extraordinary item (3)…………………………….……………$
Net income (loss)……………………………...……………… $
Basic income (loss) per share before extraordinary item………$
Diluted income (loss) per share before extraordinary item……$
Basic income (loss) per share, extraordinary item…………… $
Diluted income (loss) per share, extraordinary item……………$
Basic income (loss) per share…………………….……..………$
Diluted income (loss) per share……………………......………$

2005

-
171,834
6,647
193,697
190,325
3,372
-
3,372
0.16
0.14
-
-
0.16
0.14

2005

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(In thousands, except per share data)

2004

2002

$

$

$

-
105,818
12,480
132,692
148,580
(15,888)
-
(15,888)
(0.75)
(0.75)
-
-
(0.75)
(0.75)

10,421
58,164
17,058
104,986
108,025
395
-
395
0.02
0.02
-
-
0.02
0.02

$

21,518
48,644
14,621
98,388
98,326
2,996
17,412
20,408
0.15
0.14
0.87
0.83
1.03
0.97

2001

32,765
17,205
10,666
62,576
62,256
320
-
320
0.02
0.02
-
-
0.02
0.02

2001

2,570
11,354
-
106,103
151,204
82,555
89,158
61,686

2004

Year Ended December 31,
2003
(In thousands)

2002

$

$

$

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents…………………………..……………$
Restricted cash and equivalents…………………………..………$
Finance receivables, net………………..…………………………$
Residual interest in securitizations…………….…………………$
Total assets…………………………………...………………… $
Term debt……………………………………...…………………$
Total liabilities……………………………….………………… $
Total shareholders' equity……………………….………………$
________________________  
(1) The decrease in 2003 and thereafter is primarily the result of the change in securitization structure implemented in the third 
quarter of 2003. 
(2) Results for 2003 and 2002 include a tax benefit of $3.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively. 
(3)  On  March  8,  2002,  CPS  acquired  100%  of  MFN  Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiaries,  resulting  in  the  recognition  of 
$17.4 million of negative goodwill as an extraordinary gain, which is reflected in the Company’s 2002 Consolidated Statement of 
Operations. 

17,789
157,662
913,576
25,220
1,155,144
1,061,987
1,081,555
73,589

32,947
18,912
84,592
127,170
285,448
175,942
202,874
82,574

33,209
67,277
266,189
111,702
492,470
384,622
410,310
82,160

14,366
125,113
550,191
50,430
766,599
675,548
696,679
69,920

$

 28

  
 
              
              
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
      
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
      
   
         
      
         
              
              
              
    
              
      
   
         
    
         
        
       
        
        
        
        
       
        
        
        
          
          
          
        
          
          
          
          
        
          
        
       
        
        
        
        
       
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
    
    
    
      
     
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
    
              
       
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
       
    
    
    
    
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of the financial condition of the Company should be read in conjunction with “Selected 
Financial  Data”  and  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  Notes  thereto  and  the  other 
financial data included elsewhere in this report.  

Overview  

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (“CPS,” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a consumer 
finance company which specializes in purchasing, selling and servicing retail automobile installment purchase 
contracts (“Contracts”) originated by licensed motor vehicle dealers (“Dealers”) in the sale of new and used 
automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans. Through its purchases, the Company provides indirect financing 
to  Dealer  customers  for  borrowers  with  limited  credit  histories,  low  incomes  or  past  credit  problems  (“Sub-
Prime Customers”). The Company serves as an alternative source of financing for Dealers, allowing sales to 
customers who otherwise might not be able to obtain financing. The Company does not lend money directly to 
consumers. Rather, it purchases installment Contracts from Dealers based on its financing programs (the “CPS 
Programs”). 

On  March  8,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  MFN  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a  merger  (the 
“MFN  Merger”).  On  May  20,  2003,  the  Company  acquired  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a 
second merger (the “TFC Merger”). Each merger was accounted for as a purchase. MFN Financial Corporation 
and  its  subsidiaries  (“MFN”)  and  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“TFC”)  were  engaged  in 
businesses similar to that of the Company: buying Contracts from Dealers, financing those Contracts through 
securitization transactions, and servicing those Contracts. MFN ceased acquiring Contracts in May 2002; TFC 
continues  to  acquire  Contracts  under  its  “TFC  Programs,”  which  provide  financing  for  vehicle  purchases 
exclusively by members of the United States Armed Forces.  

On April 2, 2004, the Company purchased (in the “SeaWest Asset Acquisition”) a portfolio of Contracts and 
certain  other  assets  from  SeaWest  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “SeaWest”).  In 
addition,  the  Company  was  named  the  successor  servicer  of  three  term  securitization  transactions  originally 
sponsored by SeaWest (the “SeaWest Third Party Portfolio”). The Company does not intend to offer financing 
programs similar to those previously offered by SeaWest. 

From  inception  through  June  2003,  the Company  generated  revenue primarily  from  the  gains  recognized  on 
the sale or securitization of Contracts, servicing fees earned on Contracts sold, interest earned on Residuals, as 
defined below, and interest on finance receivables. Since July 2003, the Company has not recognized any gains 
from the sale of Contracts.  Instead, since July 2003 its revenues have been derived from servicing fees and 
interest  earned  on  Residuals  (for  contracts  sold  prior  to  July  2003)  and  interest  on  finance  receivables  (for 
Contracts purchased since July 2003). 

Securitization 

Generally 

Throughout  the  periods  for  which  information  is  presented  in  this  report,  the  Company  has  purchased 
Contracts  with  the  intention  of  repackaging  them  in  securitizations.  All  such  securitizations  have  involved 
identification  of  specific  Contracts,  sale  of  those  Contracts  (and  associated  rights)  to  a  special  purpose 
subsidiary of the Company, and issuance of asset-backed securities to fund the transactions. Depending on the 
structure of the securitization, the transaction may properly be accounted for as a sale of the Contracts, or as a 
secured financing. 

 29

  
 
 
 
When  structured  to  be  treated  as  a  secured  financing,  the  subsidiary  is  consolidated  with  the  Company. 
Accordingly,  the  sold  Contracts  and  the  related  securitization  trust  debt  appear  as  assets  and  liabilities, 
respectively,  of  the  Company  on  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  Company  then  periodically  (i) 
recognizes interest and fee income on the receivables (ii) recognizes interest expense on the securities issued in 
the securitization and (iii) records as expense a provision for credit losses on the receivables. 

When structured to be treated as a sale, the subsidiary is not consolidated with the Company. Accordingly, the 
securitization removes the sold Contracts from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, the asset-backed 
securities (debt of the non-consolidated subsidiary) do not appear as debt of the Company, and the Company 
shows,  as  an  asset,  a  retained  residual  interest  in  the  sold  Contracts.  The  residual  interest  represents  the 
discounted value of what the Company expects will be the excess of future collections on the Contracts over 
principal  and  interest  due  on  the  asset-backed  securities.  That  residual  interest  appears  on  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  as  “Residual  interest  in  securitizations,”  and  the  determination  of  its  value  is 
dependent on estimates of the future performance of the sold Contracts.  

Change in Policy 

Beginning in the third quarter of 2003, the Company began to structure its term securitization transactions so 
that they would be treated for financial accounting purposes as borrowings secured by receivables, rather than 
as sales of receivables. All subsequent term securitizations of such finance receivables have been so structured. 
Prior  to  August  2003,  the  Company  had  structured  its  term  securitization  transactions  related  to  the  CPS 
Programs to be treated as sales for financial accounting purposes. In the MFN Merger and in the TFC Merger 
the  Company  acquired  finance  receivables  that  had  been  previously  securitized  in  term  securitization 
transactions that were reflected as secured financings. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s Consolidated 
Balance Sheet included net finance receivables of approximately $13.9 million and securitization trust debt of 
$6.6 million related to finance receivables acquired in the two mergers, out of totals of net finance receivables 
of approximately $913.6 million and securitization trust debt of approximately $924.0 million. 

Credit Risk Retained  

Whether  a  securitization  is  treated  as  a  secured  financing  or  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the 
related  special  purpose  subsidiary  may  be  unable  to  release  excess  cash  to  the  Company  if  the  credit 
performance  of  the  securitized  Contracts  falls  short  of  pre-determined  standards.  Such  releases  represent  a 
material portion of the cash that the Company uses to fund its operations. An unexpected deterioration in the 
performance  of  securitized  Contracts  could  therefore  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  both  the  Company’s 
liquidity and its results of operations, regardless of whether such Contracts are treated as having been sold or 
as having been financed. For estimation of the magnitude of such risk, it may be appropriate to look to the size 
of the Company’s “managed portfolio,” which represents both financed and sold Contracts as to which such 
credit  risk  is  retained. The Company’s  managed  portfolio  as of  December  31,  2005  was approximately  $1.1 
billion (this amount includes $18.0 million related to the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio on which the Company 
earns only servicing fees and has no credit risk). 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The  Company  believes  that  its  accounting  policies  related  to  (a)  Allowance  for  Finance  Credit  Losses,  (b) 
Residual Interest in Securitizations and Gain on Sale of Contracts and (c) Income Taxes are considered to be 
the most critical to understanding and evaluating the Company’s reported financial results. Such policies are 
described below. 

 30

  
 
 
 
 
 
(a) Allowance for Finance Credit Losses  

In order to estimate an appropriate allowance for losses to be incurred on finance receivables, the Company 
uses  a  loss  allowance  methodology  commonly  referred  to  as  “static  pooling,”  which  stratifies  its  finance 
receivable  portfolio  into  separately  identified  pools.  Using  analytical  and  formula  driven  techniques,  the 
Company  estimates  an  allowance  for  finance  credit  losses,  which  management  believes  is  adequate  for 
probable  credit  losses  that  can  be  reasonably  estimated  in  its  portfolio  of  finance  receivable  Contracts. 
Provision for loss is charged to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. Net losses incurred on 
finance  receivables  are  charged  to  the  allowance.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  by 
examining current delinquencies, the characteristics of the portfolio and the value of the underlying collateral. 
As conditions change, the Company’s level of provisioning and/or allowance may change as well.  

(b) Residual Interest in Securitizations and Gain on Sale of Contracts   

Gain on sale was recognized on the disposition of Contracts either outright or in securitization transactions. In 
those securitization transactions that were treated as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company, or a 
wholly-owned, consolidated subsidiary of the Company, retains a residual interest in the Contracts that were 
sold to a wholly-owned, unconsolidated special purpose subsidiary. The Company’s securitization transactions 
include  “term”  securitizations  (the  purchaser  holds  the  Contracts  for  substantially  their  entire  term)  and 
“continuous” or “warehouse” securitizations (which finance the acquisition of the Contracts for future sale into 
term securitizations). 

The line item “Residual interest in securitizations” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet represents 
the residual interests in term securitizations completed prior to July 2003. This line represents the discounted 
sum of expected future cash flows from these securitization trusts. Accordingly, the valuation of the residual is 
heavily dependent on estimates of future performance of the Contracts included in the term securitizations. 

All  subsequent  securitizations  were  structured  as  secured  financings.  The  warehouse  securitizations  are 
accordingly  reflected  in  the  line  items  “Finance  receivables”  and  “Warehouse  lines  of  credit”  on  the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the term securitizations are reflected in the line items “Finance 
receivables” and “Securitization trust debt.”  

The key economic assumptions used in measuring all residual interests in securitizations as of December 31, 
2005 and 2004 are included in the table below. The Company has used an effective pre-tax discount rate of 
14%  per  annum  except  for  certain  collections  from  charged  off  receivables  related  to  the  Company’s 
securitizations in 2001 and later, where the Company has used a discount rate of 25% per annum. 

Prepayment speed (Cumulative)…………………………..………. 22.2% - 35.8%
Net credit losses (Cumulative)………………………….…………. 11.9% - 20.2%

2005

2004
20.0% - 30.5%
13.0% - 20.5%  

Key  economic  assumptions  and  the  sensitivity  of  the  current  fair  value  of  residual  cash  flows  to  immediate 
10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows: 

 31

  
 
 
 
December 31,
2005
(Dollars in thousands)

Carrying amount/fair value of residual interest in securitizations….………. $
Weighted average life in years………………………………………..…….

25,220
2.24

Prepayment Speed Assumption (Cumulative)…………………...………….
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change…………………….. . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………....

Expected Net Credit Losses (Cumulative)……….………………….…… .
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change…………………..… . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change…………………..… .

Residual Cash Flows Discount Rate (Annual)……………………….…….
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change…………………….... $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change…………………….. .

22.2% - 35.8%
25,168
25,119

11.9% - 20.2%
23,937
22,656

14.0% - 25.0%
24,636
24,071

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair 
value based on 10% and 20% percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the 
relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the 
effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without 
changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, 
increases in market rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which could magnify or 
counteract the sensitivities. 

The Company’s securitization structure has generally been as follows: 

The  Company  sells Contracts  it  acquires to  a  wholly-owned  Special Purpose  Subsidiary  (“SPS”),  which has 
been  established  for  the  limited  purpose  of  buying  and  reselling  the  Company’s  Contracts.  The  SPS  then 
transfers the same Contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust (“Trust”). The Trust issues interest-
bearing asset-backed securities (“Notes”), in a principal amount equal to or less than the aggregate principal 
balance of the Contracts. The Company typically sells these Contracts to the Trust at face value and without 
recourse, except that representations and warranties similar to those provided by the Dealer to the Company 
are provided by the Company to the Trust. One or more investors purchase the Notes issued by the Trust; the 
proceeds from the sale of the Notes are then used to purchase the Contracts from the Company. The Company 
may  retain  or  sell  subordinated  Notes  issued  by  the  Trust  or  by  a  related  entity.  The  Company  purchases  a 
financial guaranty insurance policy, guaranteeing timely payment of principal and interest on the senior Notes, 
from an insurance company (a “Note Insurer”). In addition, the Company provides “Credit Enhancement” for 
the  benefit  of  the  Note  Insurer  and  the  investors  in  the  form  of  an  initial  cash  deposit  to  a  bank  account 
(“Spread  Account”)  held by  the  Trust,  in  the  form  of  overcollateralization  of  the  Notes,  where  the  principal 
balance  of  the  Notes  issued  is  less  than  the  principal  balance  of  the  Contracts,  in  the  form  of  subordinated 
Notes,  or  some  combination  of  such  Credit  Enhancements.  The  agreements  governing  the  securitization 
transactions (collectively referred to as the “Securitization Agreements”) require that the initial level of Credit 
Enhancement  be  supplemented  by  a  portion  of  collections  from  the  Contracts  until  the  level  of  Credit 
Enhancement reaches specified levels which are then maintained. The specified levels are generally computed 
as a percentage of the principal amount remaining unpaid under the related Contracts. The specified levels at 
which the Credit Enhancement is to be maintained will vary depending on the performance of the portfolios of 
Contracts  held  by  the  Trusts  and  on  other  conditions,  and  may  also  be  varied  by  agreement  among  the 
Company, the SPS, the Note Insurers and the trustee. Such levels have increased and decreased from time to 
time based on performance of the various portfolios, and have also varied by Securitization Agreement. The 
Securitization Agreements generally grant the Company the option to repurchase the sold Contracts from the 
Trust when the aggregate outstanding balance of the Contracts has amortized to a specified percentage of the 
initial aggregate balance. 

 32

  
 
 
 
The  prior  securitizations  that  were  treated  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes  differ  from  secured 
financings  in  that  the  Trust  to  which  the  SPS  sold  the  Contracts  met  the  definition  of  a  “qualified  special 
purpose entity” under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 (“SFAS 140”). As a result, assets 
and liabilities of the Trust are not consolidated into the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

The  Company’s  warehouse  securitization  structures  were  similar  to  the  above,  except  that  (i)  the  SPS  that 
purchases the Contracts pledges the Contracts to secure promissory notes which it issues, (ii) the promissory 
notes are in an aggregate principal amount of not more than 80.0% of the aggregate principal balance of the 
Contracts (that is, at least 20.0% overcollateralization), and (iii) no increase in the required amount of Credit 
Enhancement  is  contemplated  unless  certain  portfolio  performance  tests  are  breached.  During  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2003 the warehouse securitizations related to the CPS Programs were amended to cause 
the transactions to be treated as secured financings for financial accounting purposes. The Contracts held by 
the  warehouse  SPSs  and  the  promissory  notes  that  they  issue  are  therefore  included  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 as assets and liabilities, respectively.  

Upon each sale of Contracts in a securitization structured as a secured financing, whether a term securitization 
or a warehouse securitization, the Company retains on its Consolidated Balance Sheet the Contracts securitized 
as assets and records the Notes issued in the transaction as indebtedness of the Company. 

Under  the  prior  securitizations  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the  Company  removed 
from  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  the  Contracts  sold  and  added  to  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  (i)  the 
cash  received,  if  any, and  (ii)  the  estimated  fair value of  the  ownership  interest  that  the  Company  retains  in 
Contracts sold in the securitization. That retained or residual interest (the “Residual”) consists of (a) the cash 
held in the Spread Account, if any, (b) overcollateralization, if any, (c) subordinated Notes retained, if any, and 
(d) receivables from Trust, which include the net interest receivables (“NIRs”). NIRs represent the estimated 
discounted cash  flows  to  be  received  from  the  Trust  in  the  future, net  of principal  and  interest  payable  with 
respect  to  the  Notes,  and  certain  expenses.  The  excess  of  the  cash  received  and  the  assets  retained  by  the 
Company over the carrying value of the Contracts sold, less transaction costs, equals the net gain on sale of 
Contracts  recorded  by  the  Company.  Until  the  maturity  of  these  transactions,  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Balance Sheet will reflect both securitization transactions structured as sales and others structured as secured 
financings. 

With respect to securitizations structured as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company allocates its 
basis in the Contracts between the Notes sold and the Residuals retained based on the relative fair values of 
those portions on the date of the sale. The Company recognizes gains or losses attributable to the change in the 
fair value of the Residuals, which are recorded at estimated fair value. The Company is not aware of an active 
market for the purchase or sale of interests such as the Residuals; accordingly, the Company determines the 
estimated fair value of the Residuals by discounting the amount of anticipated cash flows that it estimates will 
be  released  to  the  Company  in  the  future  (the  cash  out  method),  using  a  discount  rate  that  the  Company 
believes is appropriate for the risks involved. The anticipated cash flows include collections from both current 
and  charged  off  receivables.  The  Company  has  used  an  effective  pre-tax  discount  rate  of  14%  per  annum 
except  for  certain  collections  from  charged  off  receivables  related  to  the  Company’s  securitizations  in  2001 
and later where the Company has used a discount rate of 25% per annum. 

The  Company  receives  periodic  base  servicing  fees  for  the  servicing  and  collection  of  the  Contracts.  In 
addition, the Company is entitled to the cash flows from the Trusts that represent collections on the Contracts 
in  excess  of  the  amounts  required  to  pay  principal  and  interest  on  the  Notes,  the  base  servicing  fees,  and 
certain other fees (such as trustee and custodial fees). Required principal payments on the notes are generally 
defined as the payments sufficient to keep the principal balance of the Notes equal to the aggregate principal 
balance of the related Contracts (excluding those Contracts that have been charged off), or a pre-determined 
percentage of  such  balance.  Where  that  percentage  is  less  than  100%,  the  related  Securitization  Agreements 
require  accelerated  payment  of  principal  until  the  principal  balance  of  the  Notes  is  reduced  to  the  specified 
percentage. Such accelerated principal payment is said to create overcollateralization of the Notes.  

 33

  
 
If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, interest and principal exceeds the amount collected during 
the collection period, the shortfall is withdrawn from the Spread Account, if any. If the cash collected during 
the  period  exceeds  the  amount  necessary  for  the  above  allocations,  and  there  is  no  shortfall  in  the  related 
Spread  Account  or  other  form  of  Credit  Enhancement,  the  excess  is  released  to  the  Company,  or  in  certain 
cases is transferred to other Spread Accounts related to transactions insured by the same Note Insurer that may 
be  below  their  required  levels.  If  the  total  Credit  Enhancement  amount  is  not  at  the  required  level,  then  the 
excess cash collected is retained in the Trust until the specified level is achieved. Although Spread Account 
balances are held by the Trusts on behalf of the Company’s SPS as the owner of the Residuals (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as sales for financial accounting purposes) or the Trusts (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as secured financings for financial accounting purposes), the cash in the 
Spread Accounts is restricted from use by the Company. Cash held in the various Spread Accounts is invested 
in  high  quality,  liquid  investment  securities,  as  specified  in  the  Securitization  Agreements.  The  interest  rate 
payable on the Contracts is significantly greater than the interest rate on the Notes. As a result, the Residuals 
described  above  are  a  significant  asset  of  the  Company.  In  determining  the  value  of  the  Residuals,  the 
Company  must  estimate  the  future  rates  of  prepayments,  delinquencies,  defaults,  default  loss  severity,  and 
recovery rates, as all of these factors affect the amount and timing of the estimated cash flows. The Company 
estimates  prepayments  by  evaluating  historical  prepayment  performance  of  comparable  Contracts.  As  of 
December 31, 2005, the Company used prepayment estimates of approximately 22.2% to 35.8% cumulatively 
over  the  lives  of  the  related  Contracts.  The  Company  estimates  defaults  and  default  loss  severity  using 
available  historical  loss  data  for  comparable  Contracts  and  the  specific  characteristics  of  the  Contracts 
purchased by the Company. The Company estimates recovery rates of previously charged off receivables using 
available historical recovery data. In valuing the Residuals as of December 31, 2005, the Company estimates 
that  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of  the  original  principal  balance  will  approximate  15.9%  to  26.1% 
cumulatively over the lives of the related Contracts, with recovery rates approximating 4.0% to 5.9% of the 
original principal balance. 

Following  a  securitization  that  is  structured  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  interest  income  is 
recognized  on  the  balance  of  the  Residuals.  In  addition,  the  Company  will  recognize  as  a  gain  additional 
revenue from the Residuals if the actual performance of the Contracts is better than the Company’s estimate of 
the value of the residual. If the actual performance of the Contracts were worse than the Company’s estimate, 
then a downward adjustment to the carrying value of the Residuals and a related impairment charge would be 
required.  In  a  securitization  structured  as  a  secured  financing  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  interest 
income  is  recognized  when  accrued  under  the  terms  of  the  related  Contracts  and,  therefore,  presents  less 
potential for fluctuations in performance when compared to the approach used in a transaction structured as a 
sale for financial accounting purposes. 

In all the Company’s term securitizations, whether treated as secured financings or as sales, the Company has 
sold  the  receivables  (through  a  subsidiary)  to  the  securitization  Trust.  The  difference  between  the  two 
structures is that in securitizations that are treated as secured financings the Company reports the assets and 
liabilities of the securitization Trust on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under both structures the Noteholders’ 
and  the  related  securitization  Trusts’  recourse  to  the  Company  for  failure  of  the  Contract  obligors  to  make 
payments on a timely basis is limited to the Company’s Finance receivables, Spread Accounts and Residuals.  

(c) Income Taxes 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and combined or stand-alone 
state franchise tax returns for certain states. The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting 
for  income  taxes,  under  which  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences 
attributable to the differences between the financial statement values of existing assets and liabilities and their 
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply 
to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the 

 34

  
 
 
enactment  date.  The  Company  has  estimated  a  valuation  allowance  against  that  portion  of  the  deferred  tax 
asset whose utilization in future periods is not more than likely. 

In determining the possible realization of deferred tax assets, future taxable income from the following sources 
are considered: (a) the reversal of taxable temporary differences; (b) future operations exclusive of reversing 
temporary differences; and (c) tax planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate 
taxable income into periods in which net operating losses might otherwise expire. 

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Results of Operations 

Effects of Change in Securitization Structure 

The  Company’s  decision  in  the  third  quarter  of  2003  to  structure  securitization  transactions  as  borrowings 
secured by receivables for financial accounting purposes, rather than as sales of receivables, has affected and 
will  affect  the  way  in  which  the  transactions  are  reported.  The  major  effects  are  these:  (i)  the  finance 
receivables are shown as assets of the Company on its balance sheet; (ii) the debt issued in the transactions is 
shown  as  indebtedness  of  the  Company;  (iii)  cash  deposited  to  enhance  the  credit  of  the  securitization 
transactions  (“Spread  Accounts”)  is  shown  as  “Restricted  cash”  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet;  (iv)  cash 
collected from borrowers and other sources related to the receivables prior to making the required payments 
under the Securitization Agreements is also shown as “Restricted cash” on the Company’s balance sheet; (v) 
the servicing fee that the Company receives in connection with such receivables is recorded as a portion of the 
interest earned on such receivables in the Company’s statements of operations; (vi) the Company has initially 
and  periodically  recorded  as  expense  a  provision  for  estimated  credit  losses  on  the  receivables  in  the 
Company’s statements of operations; and (vii) of scheduled payments on the receivables and on the debt issued 
in the transactions, the portion representing interest is recorded as interest income and expense, respectively, in 
the Company’s statements of operations. 

These  changes  collectively  represent  a  deferral  of  revenue  and  acceleration  of  expenses,  and  thus  a  more 
conservative  approach  to  accounting  for  the  Company’s  operations  compared  to  the  previous  term 
securitization  transactions,  which  were  accounted  for  as  sales  at  the  consummation  of  the  transaction.  The 
changes have resulted in the Company’s initially reporting lower earnings than it would have reported if it had 
continued  to  structure  its  securitizations  to  require  recognition  of  gain  on  sale.  It  should  also  be  noted  that 
growth  in  the  Company’s  portfolio  of  receivables  would  result  in  an  increase  in  expenses  in  the  form  of 
provision  for  credit  losses,  and  would  initially  have  a  negative  effect  on  net  earnings.  The  Company’s  cash 
availability and cash requirements should be unaffected by the change in structure. 

Since July 2003, the Company has conducted 10 term securitizations of Contracts originated under the CPS 
Programs structured as secured financings, generally on a quarterly basis. In March 2004 and November 2005, 
the Company completed securitizations of its retained interests in other securitizations previously sponsored by 
the Company and its affiliates. The debt from the March 2004 transaction was repaid in August 2005. In June 
2004, the Company completed a term securitization of Contracts purchased in the SeaWest Asset Acquisition 
and  under  the  TFC  Programs.  In  December  2005,  the  Company  completed  a  securitization  that  included 
Contracts purchased under the TFC Programs, the CPS Programs and Contracts re-acquired by the Company 
as a result of clean-ups of prior securitizations of its MFN and TFC subsidiaries.  Since July 2003, all of the 
Company’s securitizations have been structured as secured financings. 

 35

  
 
 
 
 
 
The Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2004  

Revenues.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  revenues  were  $193.7  million,  an  increase  of  $61.0 
million,  or  46.0%,  from  the  prior  year  revenue  of  $132.7  million.  The  primary  reason  for  the  increase  in 
revenues is  an  increase  in interest  income.  Interest income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005  increased 
$66.0 million, or 62.4%, to $171.8 million in 2005 from $105.8 million in 2004. The primary reason for the 
increase  in  interest  income  is  the  growth of  the  finance  receivables  held  by  consolidated  subsidiaries  on  the 
Company’s balance sheet.  During 2005, the Company purchased $691.3 million of Contracts and increased its 
balance  of  receivables  held  by  consolidated  subsidiaries  to  $1.0  billion  at  December  31,  2005  from  $619.8 
million at December 31, 2004, an increase of 61.4%.  Offsetting the increase in interest income were decreases 
in  the  balance  of  receivables  from  the  SeaWest  Acquisitions  and  the  TFC  and  MFN  subsidiaries,  which 
resulted in decreases in interest income of $1.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.6 million, respectively. 

Servicing fees totaling $6.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 decreased $5.8 million, or 46.7%, 
from $12.5 million in the same period a year earlier. The decrease in servicing fees is the result of the change 
in  securitization  structure  and  the  consequent  decline  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries, and the decrease in the SeaWest Third Party Portfolio.  As a result of the decision to 
structure  future  securitizations  as  secured  financings,  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries will continue to decline in future periods, and servicing fee revenue is anticipated to 
decline  proportionately.  As  of  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  owned  by 
consolidated vs. non-consolidated subsidiaries and other third parties was as follows: 

Total Managed Portfolio
$
Owned by Consolidated Subsidiaries……..
Owned by Non-Consolidated Subsidiaries… $
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……………..… $
Total………………………………….…………$

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

Amount

%
(Dollars in millions)

Amount

1,000.6
103.1
18.0
1,121.7

89.2% $

9.2%
1.6%
100.0% $

619.8
233.6
53.5
906.9

%

68.3%
25.8%
5.9%
100.0%

At  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  was  generating  income  and  fees  on  a  managed  portfolio  with  an 
outstanding  principal  balance  approximating  $1.1  billion  (this  amount  includes  $18.0  million  related  to  the 
SeaWest  Third  Party  Portfolio  on  which  the  Company  earns  only  servicing  fees),  compared  to  a  managed 
portfolio with an outstanding principal balance approximating $906.9 million as of December 31, 2004. As the 
portfolios of Contracts acquired in the MFN Merger and the TFC Merger decrease, the portfolio of Contracts 
originated  under  the  CPS  Programs  continues  to  expand.  At  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  the  managed 
portfolio composition was as follows: 

Originating Entity
CPS……………………………………….……$
TFC………………………………..……………$
MFN………………………………...…………$
SeaWest……………………………….……… $
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……………..… $
Total………………………………….…………$

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

Amount

%
(Dollars in millions)

Amount

1,017.3
68.6
2.5
15.3
18.0
1,121.7

90.7% $

6.1%
0.1%
1.4%
1.6%
100.0% $

706.8
89.4
17.8
39.4
53.5
906.9

%

77.9%
9.9%
2.0%
4.3%
5.9%
100.0%

Other income increased $822,000, or 5.7%, to $15.2 million during 2005 from $14.4 million in 2004. During 
2005,  other  income  included  $2.4  million  from  the  sale  of  charged  off  receivables  acquired  in  the  MFN 
Merger,  the  TFC  Merger  and  the  SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition,  compared  to  no  such  proceeds  in  2004. 

 36

  
           
              
              
              
                
                
           
              
 
 
           
              
                
                
                  
                
                
                
                
                
           
              
 
 
 
Recoveries on MFN receivables decreased by $3.1 million to $4.9 million in 2005, compared to $8.0 million in 
2004.  .  Other income associated with direct mail services increased by $765,000 to $4.5 million compared to 
$3.8 million in 2004.   These direct mail services are provided to the Company’s Dealers and represent direct 
mail  products  which  consist  of  customized  solicitations  targeted  to  prospective  vehicle  purchasers,  in 
proximity to the Dealer, who are likely to meet the Company’s credit criteria. 

Expenses.  The  Company’s  operating  expenses  consist  primarily  of  employee  costs  and  other  operating 
expenses, which are incurred as applications and Contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that 
affect  margins  and  net  income  include  changes  in  the  automobile  and  automobile  finance  market 
environments, and macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and the unemployment level. 

Employee  costs  include  base  salaries,  commissions  and  bonuses  paid  to  employees,  and  certain  expenses 
related to the accounting treatment of outstanding warrants and stock options, and are one of the Company’s 
most significant operating expenses. These costs (other than those relating to stock options) generally fluctuate 
with the level of applications and Contracts processed and serviced. 

Other operating expenses consist primarily of interest expense, provisions for credit losses, facilities expenses, 
telephone  and  other  communication  services,  credit  services,  computer  services  (including  employee  costs 
associated  with  information  technology  support),  professional  services,  marketing  and  advertising  expenses, 
and depreciation and amortization. 

Total operating expenses were $190.3 million for 2005, compared to $148.6 million for 2004. The increase is 
primarily due to a $26.4 million increase, or 81.0% in the provision for credit losses to $59.0 million during 
the 2005 period as compared to $32.6 million in the 2004 period.  Interest expense increased by $19.5 million 
to $51.7 million from $32.1 million in 2004, an increase of 60.7%.  The increase is primarily the result of the 
amount  of  securitization  trust  debt  carried  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  which  increased 
along with the growth of the Company’s portfolio of finance receivables.  The increase was somewhat offset 
by the decrease in securitization trust debt acquired in the MFN Merger and the TFC Merger.  For 2005, the 
provision for credit losses and interest expense represented 31.0% and 27.1%, respectively, of total operating 
expenses, compared to 21.9% and 21.6% in 2004. 

Employee  costs  increased  to  $40.4  million,  or  5.8%  during  2005,  representing  21.2%  of  total  operating 
expenses, from $38.2 million for 2004, or 25.7% of total operating expenses. The decrease as a percentage of 
total  operating  expenses  reflects  the  higher  total  of  operating  expenses,  primarily  a  result  of  the  increased 
provision for credit losses and interest expense. 

General and administrative expenses increased slightly to $23.1 million, or 12.1% of total operating expenses, 
in  2005,  as  compared  to  $21.3  million,  or  14.3%  of  total  operating  expenses,  in  2004.  The  decrease  as  a 
percentage of total operating expenses reflects the higher operating expenses primarily a result of the increased 
provision  for  credit  losses  and  interest  expense.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2005,  the  Company 
recognized what management believes will be a one-time, non-cash impairment charge of $1.9 million against 
certain non Finance receivables related assets. 

In December 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved accelerated vesting of all 
the outstanding stock options issued by the Company.  Options to purchase 2,113,998 shares of the Company’s 
common  stock,  which  would  otherwise  have  vested  from  time  to  time  through  2010,  became  immediately 
exercisable as a result of the acceleration of vesting.  The decision to accelerate the vesting of the options was 
made primarily to reduce non-cash compensation expenses that would have been recorded in the Company’s 
income statement in future periods upon the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 
123R  in  January  2006.    The  Company  estimates  that  approximately  $3.5  million  of  future  non-cash 
compensation expense will be eliminated as a result of the acceleration of vesting. 

At  the  time  of  the  acceleration  of  vesting,  the  Company  accounted  for  its  stock  options  in  accordance  with 
Accounting Principals Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.  Consequently, the 

 37

  
 
 
acceleration of vesting resulted in non-cash compensation charge of $427,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2005. 

For 2005, the Company recognized no impairment loss on its residual interest in securitizations compared to 
$11.8 million in 2004.  In 2004, such impairment loss related to the Company’s analysis and estimate of the 
expected  ultimate  performance  of  the  Company’s  previously  securitized  pools  that  are  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries and the residual interest in securitizations. The impairment loss was a result of the 
actual  net  loss  and  prepayment  rates  exceeding  the  Company’s  previous  estimates  for  the  Contracts  held  by 
non-consolidated subsidiaries. 

Marketing  expenses  increased  by  $3.7  million,  or  43.9%,  and  represented  6.3%  of  total  operating  expenses. 
The increase is primarily due to the increase in Contracts purchased by the Company during the year ended 
December 31, 2004. 

Occupancy expenses decreased by $120,000, or 3.4%, and represented 1.8% of total operating expenses. The 
decrease is primarily due to the closure and sub-leasing during 2005 of certain facilities acquired in the MFN 
Merger and the TFC Merger.  

Depreciation and amortization expenses remained essentially unchanged at $790,000 for 2005 and represented 
0.4% of total operating expenses. 

The Company would have recorded income tax expense of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, 
but the income tax expense was offset primarily by a $1.4 million decrease in the valuation allowance that has 
been established to offset the Company’s deferred tax assets. 

The Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003  

Revenues.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004,  revenues  were  $132.7  million,  an  increase  of  $27.7 
million,  or  26.4%,  from  the  prior  year  revenue  of  $105.0  million.  The  primary  reason  for  the  increase  in 
revenues is  an  increase  in interest  income.  Interest income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2004  increased 
$47.7 million, or 81.9%, to $105.8 million in 2004 from $58.2 million in 2003. The primary reasons for the 
increase in interest income are the change in securitization structure implemented during the third quarter of 
2003  as  described  above  (an  increase  of  $56.0  million)  and  the  interest  income  earned  on  the  portfolios  of 
Contracts  acquired  in  the  TFC  Merger  (an  increase  of  $7.2  million)  and  the  SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition  (an 
increase  of  $6.1  million).  This  increase  was  partially  offset  by  the  decline  in  the  balance  of  the  portfolio  of 
Contracts  acquired  in  the  MFN  Merger  (resulting  in  a  decrease  of  $10.1  million  in  interest  income)  and  a 
decrease in residual interest income (a decrease of $11.6 million). 

The increase in interest income is offset in part by the elimination of net gain on sale of Contracts revenue and 
a  decrease  in  servicing  fees.  As  a  result  of  the  change  in  securitization  structure,  zero  net  gain  on  sale  of 
Contracts was recorded in 2004, compared to $10.4 million net gain on sale in the year earlier period.  

Servicing fees totaling $12.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 decreased $4.6 million, or 26.8%, 
from $17.1 million in the same period a year earlier. The decrease in servicing fees is the result of the change 
in  securitization  structure  and  the  consequent  decline  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries. The decrease was partially offset by the servicing fees earned on the SeaWest Third 
Party  Portfolio,  which  totaled  $2.0  million.  As  a  result  of  the  decision  to  structure  future  securitizations  as 
secured financings, the Company’s managed portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiaries will continue to 
decline in future periods, and servicing fee revenue is anticipated to decline proportionately. As of December 
31,  2004  and  2003,  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  owned  by  consolidated  vs.  non-consolidated 
subsidiaries and other third parties was as follows: 

 38

  
 
 
Total Managed Portfolio 
Owned by Consolidated Subsidiaries……..……$
Owned by Non-Consolidated Subsidiaries……$
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……………...…$
Total……………………………….……………$

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Amount

%
(Dollars in millions)

Amount

619.8
233.6
53.5
906.9

68.3% $
25.8%
5.9%
100.0% $

315.6
425.5
-
741.1

%

42.6%
57.4%
0.0%
100.0%

At  December  31,  2004,  the  Company  was  generating  income  and  fees  on  a  managed  portfolio  with  an 
outstanding principal balance approximating $906.9 million (this amount includes $53.5 million related to the 
SeaWest  Third  Party  Portfolio  on  which  the  Company  earns  only  servicing  fees),  compared  to  a  managed 
portfolio with an outstanding principal balance approximating $741.1 million as of December 31, 2003. As the 
portfolios of Contracts acquired in the MFN Merger and the TFC Merger decrease, the portfolio of Contracts 
originated  under  the  CPS  Programs  continues  to  expand.  At  December  31,  2004  and  2003,  the  managed 
portfolio composition was as follows: 

Originating Entity
CPS……………………………………….……$
TFC………………………………..……………$
MFN………………………………...…………$
SeaWest……………………………….……… $
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……………..… $
Total………………………………….…………$

December 31, 2004

December 31, 2003

Amount

%
(Dollars in millions)

Amount

706.8
89.4
17.8
39.4
53.5
906.9

77.9% $

9.9%
2.0%
4.3%
5.9%
100.0% $

543.8
123.6
73.7
-
-
741.1

%

73.4%
16.7%
9.9%
0.0%
0.0%
100.0%

Other income decreased $4.9 million, or 25.6%, to $14.4 million during 2004 from $19.3 million during 2003. 
The  period  over  period  decrease  resulted  primarily  from  a  sales  tax  refund  of  $3.0  received  in  2003  and 
decreased  recoveries  on  previously  charged  off  MFN  Contracts,  which  were  $8.0  million  during  2004, 
compared to $12.2 million for 2003. 

Expenses.  The  Company’s  operating  expenses  consist  primarily  of  employee  costs  and  other  operating 
expenses, which are incurred as applications and Contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that 
affect  margins  and  net  income  include  changes  in  the  automobile  and  automobile  finance  market 
environments, and macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and the unemployment level. 

Employee  costs  include  base  salaries,  commissions  and  bonuses  paid  to  employees,  and  certain  expenses 
related to the accounting treatment of outstanding warrants and stock options, and are one of the Company’s 
most significant operating expenses. These costs (other than those relating to stock options) generally fluctuate 
with the level of applications and Contracts processed and serviced. 

Other operating expenses consist primarily of interest expense, provisions for credit losses, facilities expenses, 
telephone  and  other  communication  services,  credit  services,  computer  services  (including  employee  costs 
associated  with  information  technology  support),  professional  services,  marketing  and  advertising  expenses, 
and depreciation and amortization. 

Total operating expenses were $148.6 million for 2004, compared to $108.0 million for 2003. The increase is 
primarily  due  to  a  $21.2  million  increase  in  the provision  for  credit  losses  to  $32.6  million during  the  2004 
period as compared to $11.4 million in the 2003 period. Increased interest expense was also significant. 

 39

  
              
              
              
              
                
                   
              
              
 
 
              
              
                
              
                
                
                
                   
                
                   
              
              
 
 
 
Employee costs increased to $38.2 million during 2004, representing 25.7% of total operating expenses, from 
$37.1 million for 2003, or 34.4% of total operating expenses. The slight increase is primarily the result of staff 
additions  related  to  increased  Contract  purchases  in  2004  (an  increase  of  $3.9  million).  This  increase  was 
partially offset by staff reductions since the MFN Merger in 2002 related to the integration and consolidation 
of  certain  service  and  administrative  activities  and  the  decline  in  the  balance  of  the  portfolio  of  Contracts 
acquired  in  the  MFN  Merger  (a  decrease  of  $3.2  million).  The  decrease  as  a  percentage  of  total  operating 
expenses reflects the higher total of operating expenses, primarily a result of the increased provision for credit 
losses and interest expense. 

General  and  administrative  expenses  remained  essentially  unchanged  at  $21.3  million,  or  14.3%  of  total 
operating expenses, in 2004, as compared to $21.3 million, or 19.7% of total operating expenses, in 2003. The 
decrease as a percentage of total operating expenses reflects the higher operating expenses primarily a result of 
the provision for credit losses and interest expense. 

Interest  expense  for  2004  increased  $8.3  million,  or  34.7%,  to  $32.1  million,  compared  to  $23.9  million  in 
2003. The increase is primarily the result of changes in the amount and composition of securitization trust debt 
carried  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  Such  debt  increased  as  a  result  of  the  change  in 
securitization structure implemented beginning in July 2003, the TFC Merger in May 2003 and the SeaWest 
Asset Acquisition in April 2004 (a combined increase of approximately $10.3 million), partially offset by the 
decrease in the balance of the securitization trust debt acquired in the MFN Merger (resulting in a decrease of 
approximately $2.0 million in interest expense).  

Impairment loss increased by $7.7 million, or 190.0%, to $11.8 million in 2004 as compared to $4.1 million in 
2003.  Such  impairment  loss  relates  to  the  Company’s  analysis  and  estimate  of  the  expected  ultimate 
performance of the Company’s previously securitized pools that are held by non-consolidated subsidiaries and 
the  residual  interest  in  securitizations.  The  impairment  loss  is a  result  of  the  actual  net loss and  prepayment 
rates exceeding the Company’s previous estimates for the Contracts held by non-consolidated subsidiaries. 

Marketing  expenses  increased  by  $3.0  million,  or  55.0%,  and  represented  5.6%  of  total  operating  expenses. 
The increase is primarily due to the increase in Contracts purchased by the Company during the year ended 
December 31, 2004. 

Occupancy expenses decreased by $410,000, or 10.4%, and represented 2.4% of total operating expenses. The 
decrease is primarily due to the closure and sub-leasing during 2004 of certain facilities acquired in the MFN 
Merger and the TFC Merger.  

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $215,000, or 21.5%, to $785,000 from $1.0 million. 

No income tax benefit was recorded in 2004 as compared to $3.4 million recorded in 2003 periods. The 2003 
benefit is primarily the result of the resolution of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations of previously 
filed MFN tax returns, resulting in a tax benefit of $4.9 million, and other state tax matters resulting in a tax 
provision of $1.5 million. The Company does not expect any comparable income tax benefit in future periods. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Liquidity  

The  Company’s  business  requires  substantial  cash  to  support  its  purchases  of  Contracts  and  other  operating 
activities. The Company’s primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operating activities, including 
proceeds from sales of Contracts, amounts borrowed under various revolving credit facilities (also sometimes 
known as warehouse credit facilities), servicing fees on portfolios of Contracts previously sold in securitization 
transactions or serviced for third parties, customer payments of principal and interest on finance receivables, 

 40

  
 
 
 
fees  for  origination  of  Contracts,  and  releases  of  cash  from  securitized  portfolios  of  Contracts  in  which  the 
Company has retained a residual ownership interest and from the Spread Accounts associated with such pools. 
The Company’s primary uses of cash have been the purchases of Contracts, repayment of amounts borrowed 
under  lines  of  credit  and  otherwise,  operating  expenses  such  as  employee,  interest,  occupancy  expenses  and 
initial 
other  general  and  administrative  expenses, 
overcollateralization,  if  any,  and  the  increase  of  Credit  Enhancement  to  required  levels  in  securitization 
transactions, and income taxes. There can be no assurance that internally generated cash will be sufficient to 
meet  the  Company’s  cash  demands.  The  sufficiency  of  internally  generated  cash  will  depend  on  the 
performance of securitized pools (which determines the level of releases from those portfolios and their related 
Spread  Accounts),  the  rate  of  expansion  or  contraction  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio,  and  the  terms 
upon which the Company is able to acquire, sell, and borrow against Contracts. 

the  establishment  of  Spread  Accounts  and 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $36.7 
million, $9.9 million and $98.9 million, respectively. Cash from operating activities is generally provided by 
the net releases from the Company’s securitization Trusts.  The increase in 2005 vs. 2004 is due in part to the 
Company’s  increased  net  earnings  before  the  significant  increase  in  the  provision  for  credit  losses.    The 
decrease  in 2004  vs.  2003 is  primarily  the  result  of  the  Company’s  decision,  in  July  2003, to  treat  all  of  its 
future securitizations as secured financings. As a result, 2005 and 2004 include no activity related to Contracts 
held for sale. 

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  was  $411.7 
million,  $314.0  million,  and  $178.9  million,  respectively.  Cash  used  in  investing  activities  has  generally 
related  to  purchases  of  Contracts,  the  cost  of  the  SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition  and  the  acquisition  of  TFC. 
Purchase of finance receivables held for investment were $691.3, $506.0 and $175.3 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, 
respectively.  Cash used in the TFC Merger, net of the cash acquired in the transaction, totaled $10.2 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2003.  

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005, was $378.4 million compared 
with $285.3 million in 2004 and $80.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Cash used or provided 
by  financing  activities  is  primarily  attributable  to  the  issuance  or  repayment  of  debt.  In  connection  with  the 
TFC Merger the Company assumed securitization trust debt related to three securitization transactions held by 
consolidated  subsidiaries  and  assumed  additional  subordinated  debt.    With  the  change  in  the  securitization 
structure  implemented  in  the  third  quarter  of  2003,  $662.4  million  of  securitization  trust  debt  was  issued  in 
2005 as compared to $474.7 million in 2004 and $154.4 million in 2003. 

Contracts are purchased from Dealers for a cash price approximating their principal amount, adjusted for an 
acquisition fee which may either increase or decrease the Contract purchase price, and generate cash flow over 
a  period  of  years.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  been  dependent  on  warehouse  credit  facilities  to  purchase 
Contracts, and on the availability of cash from outside sources in order to finance its continuing operations, as 
well  as  to  fund  the  portion  of  Contract  purchase  prices  not  financed  under  revolving  warehouse  credit 
facilities. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had $350 million in warehouse credit capacity, in the form 
of  a  $200  million  facility  and  a  $150  million  facility.  The  first  facility  provides  funding  for  Contracts 
purchased under the TFC Programs while both warehouse facilities provide funding for Contracts purchased 
under the CPS Programs. A third facility in the amount of $125 million, which the Company utilized to fund 
Contracts under the CPS and TFC Programs, was terminated by the Company on June 29, 2005. 

The  $150  million  warehouse  facility  is  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of 
Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by its consolidated subsidiary Page 
Three Funding, LLC. This facility was established on November 15, 2005, and expires on November 14, 2006, 
although  it  is  renewable  with  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties.    Up  to  80%  of  the  principal  balance  of 
Contracts  may  be  advanced  to  the  Company  under  this  facility,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other 
conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrue interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.00% 
per annum. At December 31, 2005, $34.5 million was outstanding under this facility. 

 41

  
 
The  $200  million  warehouse  facility  is  similarly  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by its consolidated subsidiary 
Page  Funding  LLC.    This  facility  was  entered  into  on  June  30,  2004.  On  June  29,  2005  the  facility  was 
increased  from  $100  million  to  $125  million  and  further  amended  to  provide  for  funding  for  Contracts 
purchased  under  the  TFC  Programs.    It  was  increased  again  to  $200  million  on  August  31,  2005. 
Approximately  77.0%  of  the  principal  balance  of  Contracts  may  be  advanced  to  the  Company  under  this 
facility, subject to collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrue 
interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum.  The lender has annual termination options at its 
sole discretion on each June 30 through 2007, at which time the agreement expires. At December 31, 2005, 
$836,000 was outstanding under this facility, compared to zero at December 31, 2004. 

The $125 million warehouse facility was structured to allow the Company to fund a portion of the purchase 
price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by its consolidated subsidiary 
CPS  Warehouse  Trust.    This  facility  was  established  on  March  7,  2002,  and  the  maximum  amount  was 
increased to $125 million in November 2002.  Up to 73.0% of the principal balance of Contracts could have 
been advanced to the Company under this facility bore interest at a rate of one-month commercial paper plus 
1.50% per annum.  This facility was due to expire on April 11, 2006, but the Company elected to terminate it 
on it June 29, 2005.  At December 31, 2004, $34.3 million was outstanding under this facility. 

The  Company  securitized $674.4  million of  Contracts  in  five  private  placement  transactions during the  year 
ended December 31, 2005 compared to $463.9 million in five private placements during 2004.  All of these 
transactions were structured as secured financings and, therefore, resulted in no gain on sale.  During the year 
ended  December  31,  2003,  the  Company  securitized  $416.9  million  of  Contracts  in  four  private  placement 
transactions. The first two such transactions of 2003 were structured as sales for financial accounting purposes, 
resulting in a gain on sale of $6.4 million (net of a negative fair value adjustment of $4.1 million related to the 
performance  of  previously  securitized  pools).  The  final two  transactions  of  2003  were  structured  as  secured 
financings  and,  therefore,  resulted  in  no  gain  on  sale.    In  March  2004,  a  wholly-owned  bankruptcy  remote 
consolidated  subsidiary  of  the  Company  issued  $44  million  of  asset-backed  notes  secured  by  its  retained 
interest in eight term securitization transactions. The notes had an interest rate of 10% per annum and a final 
maturity  in  October  2009  and  were  required  to  be  repaid  from  the  distributions  on  the  underlying  retained 
interests. In connection with the issuance of the notes, the Company incurred and capitalized issuance costs of 
$1.3  million.    The  Company  repaid  the  notes  in  full  in  August  2005.    In  November  2005,  the  Company 
completed a similar securitization whereby a wholly-owned bankruptcy remote consolidated subsidiary of the 
Company issued $45.8 million of asset-backed notes secured by its retained interest in 10 term securitization 
transactions.  These notes, which bear interest at a blended interest rate of 8.36% per annum and have a final 
maturity in July 2011, are required to be repaid from the distributions on the underlying retained interests.  In 
connection with the issuance of the notes, the Company incurred and capitalized issuance costs of $915,000. 

For the portfolio owned by non-consolidated subsidiaries, cash used to increase Credit Enhancement amounts 
to  required  levels  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003  was  zero,  $2.9  million,  $20.9 
million, respectively. Cash released from Trusts and their related Spread Accounts to the Company related to 
the portfolio owned by consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was 
$23.1 million, $21.4  million and $25.9  million, respectively. Changes in the amount of Credit Enhancement 
required  for  term  securitization  transactions  and  releases  from  Trusts  and  their  related  Spread  Accounts  are 
affected by the relative size, seasoning and performance of the various pools of Contracts securitized that make 
up the Company’s  managed portfolio to which the respective Spread Accounts are related. During the years 
ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 the Company made no initial deposits to Spread Accounts 
and  funded  no  initial  overcollateralization  related  to  its  term  securitization  transactions  owned  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries, compared to $18.7 million in 2003.  The acquisition of Contracts for subsequent sale 
in  securitization  transactions,  and  the  need  to  fund  Spread  Accounts  and  initial  overcollateralization,  if  any, 
and  increase Credit  Enhancement  levels  when  those  transactions  take  place,  results  in  a continuing  need  for 
capital.  The  amount  of  capital  required  is  most  heavily  dependent  on  the  rate  of  the  Company’s  Contract 
purchases,  the  required  level  of  initial  Credit  Enhancement  in  securitizations,  and  the  extent  to  which  the 
previously established Trusts and their related Spread Accounts either release cash to the Company or capture 
cash  from  collections  on  securitized  Contracts.  The  Company  is  currently  limited  in  its  ability  to  purchase 

 42

  
 
Contracts  due  to  certain  liquidity  constraints.  As  of  December  31,  2005,  the  Company  had  cash  on  hand  of 
$17.8  million  and  available  Contract  purchase  commitments  from  its  warehouse  credit  facilities  of  $314.6 
million.  The  Company’s  plans  to  manage  the  need  for  liquidity  include  the  completion  of  additional  term 
securitizations  that  would  provide  additional  credit  availability  from  the  warehouse  credit  facilities,  and 
matching  its  levels  of  Contract  purchases  to  its  availability  of  cash.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the 
Company will be able to complete term securitizations on favorable economic terms or that the Company will 
be  able  to  complete  term  securitizations  at  all.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  complete  such  securitizations, 
interest income and other portfolio related income would decrease. 

The Company’s primary means of ensuring that its cash demands do not exceed its cash resources is to match 
its  levels  of  Contract  purchases  to  its  availability  of  cash.  The  Company’s  ability  to  adjust  the  quantity  of 
Contracts that it purchases and securitizes will be subject to general competitive conditions and the continued 
availability  of  warehouse  credit  facilities.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  desired  level  of  Contract 
acquisition can be maintained or increased. While the specific terms and mechanics of each Spread Account 
vary among transactions, the Company’s Securitization Agreements generally provide that the Company will 
receive excess cash flows only if the amount of Credit Enhancement has reached specified levels and/or the 
delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the Contracts in the pool are below certain predetermined levels. 
In  the  event  delinquencies,  defaults  or  net  losses  on  the  Contracts  exceed  such  levels,  the  terms  of  the 
securitization:  (i)  may  require  increased  Credit  Enhancement  to  be  accumulated  for  the  particular  pool;  (ii) 
may restrict the distribution to the Company of excess cash flows associated with other pools; or (iii) in certain 
circumstances, may permit the insurers to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the Contracts to 
another servicer. There can be no assurance that collections from the related Trusts will continue to generate 
sufficient cash. 

Certain  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  and  the  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various 
financial covenants requiring certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining 
minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceeding  maximum  leverage  levels  and  maximum 
financial  losses.  In  addition,  certain  securitization  and  non-securitization  related  debt  contain  cross-default 
provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default occurred under a different facility. 

The Servicing Agreements of the Company’s securitization transactions are terminable by the Note Insurers in 
the event of certain defaults by the Company and under certain other circumstances. Were a Note Insurer in the 
future to exercise its option to terminate the Servicing Agreements, such a termination would have a material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  liquidity  and  results  of  operations.  The  Company  continues  to  receive 
Servicer extensions on a monthly and/or quarterly basis, pursuant to the Servicing Agreements. 

Contractual Obligations 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  material  contractual  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2005 
(dollars in thousands): 

Long Term Debt……………………………$

58,866

$

55,854

$

2,642

$

279

$

91

Payment due by period(1)

Total

Less than
1 Year

1 to 3
Years

3 to 5
Years

More than
5 Years

$

$

4,353

11,085

Operating Leases……………………………$
_________________ 
(1)Securitization  trust  debt,  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $924.0  million  as  of  December  31,  2005,  is  omitted  from  this  table 
because it becomes due as and when the related receivables balance is reduced. Expected payments, which will depend on the 
performance  of  such  receivables,  as  to  which  there  can  be  no  assurance,  are  $328.7  million  in  2006,  $223.7  million  in  2007, 
$160.5 million in 2008, $114.6 million in 2009, $75.1 million in 2010, and $21.4 million in 2011.  Residual interest financing, of 
$43.7 million as of December 31, 2005, is also omitted from this table because it becomes due as and when the related residual 
interest  and  Spread  Account  balances  are  reduced.  Expected  payments,  which  will  depend  on  the  performance  of  the  related 
receivables, as to which there can be no assurance, are $18.0 million in 2006, $14.4 million in 2007, $7.6 million in 2008 and 
$3.7 million in 2009. 

6,188

545

$

$

-

 43

  
 
    
    
      
         
           
    
      
      
         
              
 
 
Long term debt includes senior secured, subordinated debt and notes payable. 

Credit Facilities  

The terms on which credit has been available to the Company for purchase of Contracts have varied over the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2005, as shown in the following recapitulation: 

In  November  2000,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  CPS  Funding  LLC)  entered  into  a  floating  rate 
variable note purchase facility under which up to $75 million of notes could be outstanding at any time subject 
to  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions.  The  Company  used  funds  derived  from  this  facility  to  purchase 
Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs,  which  were  pledged  to  secure  the  notes.  The  collateral  tests  and  other 
conditions  generally  allowed  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to  approximately  72.5%  of  the  price  paid  for  such 
Contracts.  Notes  issued  under  this  facility  bore  interest  at  one-month  LIBOR  plus  0.75%  per  annum.  This 
facility expired on February 21, 2004.  

Additionally,  in  March  2002,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  CPS  Warehouse  Trust)  entered  into  a 
second  floating  rate  variable  note  purchase  facility,  under  which  up  to  $125.0  million  of  notes  could  be 
outstanding at any time, subject to collateral tests and other conditions. The Company used funds derived from 
this  facility  to  purchase  Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs  and  the  TFC  Programs,  which  were  pledged  to 
secure  the  notes.  The  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions  generally  allowed  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to 
approximately  73%  of  the  price  paid  for  such  Contracts  for  Contracts  purchased  under  the  CPS  Programs. 
Notes issued under this facility bore interest at commercial paper plus 1.18% per annum.  During November 
2004,  this  facility  was  amended  to  allow  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to  approximately  70%  for  Contracts 
purchased  under  the  TFC  Programs.    This  facility  was  due  to  expire  on  April  11,  2006,  but  the  Company 
elected to terminate it on June 29, 2005. 

In  connection  with  the  TFC  Merger  in  May  2003,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  TFC  Warehouse  I 
LLC) entered into a third floating rate variable note purchase facility, under which up to $25.0 million of notes 
could  be  outstanding  at  any  time,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  other  conditions.  The  Company  used  funds 
derived  from  this  facility  to  purchase  Contracts  under the  TFC  Programs,  which were  pledged to  secure  the 
notes. The collateral tests and other conditions generally allowed the Company to borrow up to approximately 
71% of the price paid for such Contracts. Notes issued under this facility bore interest at LIBOR plus 1.75% 
per annum. This facility expired on June 24, 2004. 

In  June  2004,  the  Company  (through  its  subsidiary  Page  Funding  LLC)  entered  into  a  floating  rate  variable 
note purchase facility.  Up to $200 million of notes may be outstanding under this facility at any time subject 
to certain collateral tests and other conditions. The Company uses funds derived from this facility to purchase 
Contracts  under  the  CPS  Programs,  which  are  pledged  to  secure  the  notes.  The  collateral  tests  and  other 
conditions  generally  allow  the  Company  to  borrow  up  to  approximately  77.0%  of  the  price  paid  for  such 
Contracts.  Notes  issued  under  this  facility  bear  interest  at  one-month  LIBOR  plus  1.50%  per  annum.  The 
balance of notes outstanding related to this facility at December 31, 2005 was $836,000. 

In November 2005, the Company (through its subsidiary Page Three Funding LLC) entered into a floating rate 
variable note purchase facility.  Up to $150 million of notes may be outstanding under this facility at any time 
subject to certain collateral tests and other conditions.  The Company uses funds derived from this facility to 
purchase Contracts under the CPS Programs, which are pledged to secure the notes.  The collateral tests and 
other conditions generally allow the Company to borrow up to approximately 80.0% of the price paid for such 
Contracts.    Notes  issued  under  this  facility  bear  interest  at  one-month  LIBOR  plus  2.00  %  per  annum.  The 
balance of notes outstanding related to this facility at December 31, 2005 was $34.5 million. 

 44

  
 
 
 
 
Capital Resources  

As noted above, $55.8 million of long-term debt matures prior to December 15, 2006, although the Company 
repaid  $14.0  million  of  such  debt  in  January  2006.    The  Company  plans  to  repay  its  long-term  debt  from  a 
combination  of  the  following:  (i)  additional  proceeds  from  the  offering  of  renewable  notes;  (ii)  a  possible 
transaction similar to the financing that it undertook in March 2004 and November 2005 where the Company 
issued  notes  secured  by  its  residual  interests  in  securitizations;  and  (iii)  possible  senior  secured  financing 
similar to its existing outstanding senior secured financing. There can be no assurance that the Company will 
be  able  to  complete  these  transactions.  Securitization  trust  debt  is  repaid  from  collections  on  the  related 
receivables, and becomes due in accordance with its terms as the principal amount of the related receivables is 
reduced.  Although  the  securitization  trust  debt  also  has  alternative  maximum  maturity  dates,  those  dates  are 
significantly later than the dates at which repayment of the related receivables is anticipated, and at no time in 
the Company’s history have any of its sponsored asset-backed securities reached those alternative maximum 
maturities. 

The acquisition of Contracts for subsequent transfer in securitization transactions, and the need to fund Spread 
Accounts  and  initial  overcollateralization,  if  any,  when  those  transactions  take  place,  results  in  a  continuing 
need  for  capital.  The  amount  of  capital  required  is  most  heavily  dependent  on  the  rate  of  the  Company’s 
Contract purchases, the required level of initial credit enhancement in securitizations, and the extent to which 
the Trusts and related Spread Accounts either release cash to the Company or capture cash from collections on 
securitized Contracts. The Company plans to adjust its levels of Contract purchases so as to match anticipated 
releases of cash from the Trusts and related Spread Accounts with its capital requirements. 

Capitalization  

Over the three-year period ended December 31, 2005 the Company has managed its capitalization by issuing 
and restructuring debt as summarized in the following table: 

 45

  
 
 
 
 
2005

Year Ended December 31,
2004
(In thousands)

2003

RESIDUAL INTEREST FINANCING:
Beginning balance…………………………………..………...…… $
   Issuances……………………………………...……………………$
   Payments………………………………………..…………………$
Ending balance……………………………………………..…………$

SECURITIZATION TRUST DEBT:
Beginning balance…………………………………..………...…… $
   Assumption in connection with TFC Merger………….………… $
   Issuances……………………………………...……………………$
   Payments………………………………………..…………………$
Ending balance……………………………………………..…………$

SENIOR SECURED DEBT:
Beginning balance……………………………………………...……$
   Issuances………………………………………….……………… $
   Payments………………………………………..…………………$
Ending balance……………………………………...……………… $

SUBORDINATED DEBT:
Beginning balance……………………………………..……...…… $
   Payments…………………………………………………….…… $
Ending balance………………………………………….……………$

SUBORDINATED RENEWABLE NOTES DEBT:
Beginning balance……………………………………………………$
   Issuances…………………………………………………………….
   Payments…………………………………………………………….
Ending balance…………………………………..……………………$

RELATED PARTY DEBT:
Beginning balance………………………………….………...………$
   Non-cash conversion………………………………………………$
   Payments……………………………………...……………………$
Ending balance…………………………………..……………………$

22,204
45,800
(24,259)
43,745

542,815
-
662,350
(281,139)
924,026

59,829
-
(19,829)
40,000

15,000
(1,000)
14,000

-
4,685
(30)
4,655

-
-
-
-

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

-
44,000
(21,796)
22,204

245,118
-
474,720
(177,023)
542,815

49,965
25,000
(15,136)
59,829

35,000
(20,000)
15,000

-
-
-
-

17,500
(1,000)
(16,500)
-

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

-
-
-
-

71,630
115,597
154,375
(96,484)
245,118

50,072
25,000
(25,107)
49,965

36,000
(1,000)
35,000

-
-
-
-

17,500
-
-
17,500

During  the  first  quarter  of  2001,  the  Company  purchased  a  total  of  $8,000,000  of  outstanding  indebtedness 
held  by  Levine  Leichtman  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P.  (“LLCP”)  and  Stanwich  Financial  Services  Corp. 
(“SFSC”). The Company purchased and retired $4,000,000 of subordinated debt held by SFSC in exchange for 
payment  of  $3,920,000,  and  purchased  and  retired  $4,000,000  of  senior  secured  debt  held  by  LLCP  in 
exchange for payment of $4,200,000. The LLCP debt by its terms called for a prepayment penalty of 3% (or 
$120,000); the additional 2% (or $80,000) paid in connection with its February 2001 prepayment was absorbed 
by SFSC.  

In March 2002, the Company and LLCP entered into an additional series of agreements under which LLCP 
provided additional funding to enable the Company to acquire MFN Financial Corporation. Under the March 
2002 agreements, the Company borrowed $35 million from LLCP as a bridge note (the “Bridge Note”) and 
approximately  $8.5  million  (the  “Term  C  Note”)  on  a  deemed  principal  amount  of  approximately  $11.2 
million. The Bridge Note requires principal payments of $2.0 million a month, which began in June 2002, with 
a final balloon payment in the amount of $17.0 million, which was made pursuant to the terms of the Bridge 
Note  in  February  2003.  The  Term  C  Note  repayment  schedule  is  based  on  the  performance  of  a  certain 
securitized pool. As the subordinated Note of the pool is repaid from the Trust, principal payments are due on 
the Term C Note. The maturity date of the Term C Note was March 2008. Interest was due monthly on the 
Bridge Note at a rate of 13.5% per annum and on the Term C Note at a rate of 12.0% per annum. In connection 
with the  March  2002  agreements  and  the  acquisition  of  MFN,  the  Company  paid LLCP  a  structuring  fee  of 

 46

  
       
                 
              
       
       
              
      
      
              
       
       
              
     
     
    
                 
                 
  
     
     
  
    
    
   
     
     
  
       
       
    
                 
       
    
      
      
   
       
       
    
       
       
    
        
      
     
       
       
    
                 
                 
              
         
                 
              
             
                 
              
         
                 
              
                 
       
    
                 
        
              
                 
      
              
                 
                 
    
 
 
$1.75  million  and  an  investment  banking  fee  of  $1.0  million,  and  paid  LLCP’s  out-of-pocket  expenses  of 
approximately  $315,000.  In  addition,  the  Company  paid  LLCP  certain  other  fees  and  interest  amounting  to 
$426,181. Approximately $1.4 million of the fees and other amounts paid to LLCP were deferred as financing 
costs  and  are  being  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  related  debt.  The  remaining  fees  and  other  costs  were 
included in the purchase price of MFN. 

At  the  time  of  the  MFN  Merger,  MFN  had  outstanding  $22.5  million  in  principal  amount  of  senior 
subordinated debt, which was due and repaid in full on March 23, 2002. Such debt bore interest at the rate of 
11.00%  per  annum,  payable  quarterly in  arrears.  At the  time  of  the TFC  Merger, TFC  had  outstanding $6.3 
million in principal amount of subordinated debt, which the Company assumed as part of the TFC Merger. The 
debt bore interest at the rate of 13.25% per annum payable monthly in arrears, required monthly amortization 
and was repaid in full in June 2005. 

On  February  3,  2003,  the  Company  borrowed  $25.0  million  from  LLCP,  net  of  fees  and  expenses  of  $1.05 
million.  The  indebtedness,  represented  by  the  “Term  D  Note,”  was  originally  due  in  April  2003,  with 
Company  options  to  extend  the  maturity  to  May  2003  and  January  2004,  upon  payment  of  successive 
extension fees of $125,000. The Company has paid the fees to extend the maturity to January 2004. Interest on 
the  Term  D  Note  is  payable  monthly  at  rates  that  averaged  4.79%  per  annum  through  June  30,  2003,  and 
12.0% per annum thereafter. In a separate transaction, the Bridge Note issued to LLCP in connection with the 
acquisition  of  MFN,  in  an  original  principal  amount  of  $35.0  million,  was  due  on  February  28,  2003.  The 
outstanding  principal  balance  of  $17.0  million  was  paid  in  February  2003.  In  addition,  the  maturity  of  the 
Term B Note was extended in October 2003 from November 2003 to January 2004. The Company repaid in 
full the Term C Note on January 29, 2004 and repaid $10.0 million of the Term D Note on January 15, 2004. 
In  addition,  on  January  29,  2004  the  maturities  of  the  Term  B  and  the  Term  D  Note  were  extended  to 
December  15,  2005  and  the  coupons  on  both  notes  were  decreased  to  11.75%  per  annum  from  14.50%  and 
12.00%, respectively. The Company paid LLCP fees equal to $921,000 for these amendments, which will be 
amortized over the remaining life of the notes.  The Company repaid the remaining $19.8 million on the Term 
B  Note  in  December  2005.    On  December  13,  2005  the  maturity  of  the  Term  D  Note  was  extended  to 
December  18,  2006.    The  Company  paid  LLCP  fees  equal  to  $150,000  for  this  amendment,  which  will  be 
amortized over the remaining life of the note.  As of December 31, 2005, the outstanding principal balance of 
the Term D Note was $15.0 million. 

On May 28, 2004 and June 25, 2004, the Company borrowed $15 million and $10 million, respectively, from 
LLCP.  The  indebtedness,  represented  by  the  “Term  E  Note,”  and  the  “Term  F  Note,”  respectively,  bears 
interest  at  11.75%  per  annum.  Both  the  Term  E  Note  and  the  Term  F  Note  mature  two  years  from  their 
respective funding dates. As of December 31, 2005, the outstanding principal balances of the Term E Note and 
the Term F Note were $15.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively. 

In the second quarter of 2004, the Company retired an aggregate of $37.5 million of long-term indebtedness, 
comprising (i) $20.0 million of partially convertible debt (“Participating Equity Notes” or “PENs”) issued in 
an April 1997 public offering and bearing interest at 10.50% per annum, (ii) $15.0 million of debt issued in 
June 1997 to SFSC on terms similar to those of the PENs, but bearing interest at 9.00% per annum, (iii) $1.0 
million of convertible debt issued in 1998 to a director of the Company, bearing interest at 12.50% per annum, 
and (iv) $1.5 million of debt issued in 1999 to SFSC, bearing interest at 14.50% per annum. The indebtedness 
to the director was converted, in accordance with its terms, into common stock at the rate of $3.00 per share; 
the remainder of such indebtedness was repaid. 

The  Company  must  comply  with  certain  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  related  to  debt  facilities,  which 
require, among other things, that the Company maintain certain financial ratios related to liquidity, net worth, 
capitalization,  investments,  acquisitions,  restricted  payments  and  certain  dividend  restrictions.  As  a  result  of 
waivers and amendments to covenants related to securitization and non-securitization related debt throughout 
2004  and  2005,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  such  covenants  as  of  December  31,  2005.    In 
addition, certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would 
allow certain creditors to declare default if a default occurred under a different facility. 

 47

  
 
In  July  2000,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  up  to  $5,000,000  of  outstanding  debt  and 
equity securities of the Company, inclusive of the mandatory annual purchase or redemption of $1,000,000 of 
the  Company’s  outstanding  “RISRS”  subordinated  debt  securities,  due  2006.  In  October  2002,  the  Board  of 
Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  an  additional  $5,000,000  of  outstanding  debt  or  equity  securities.  In 
October 2004, the Board of Directors authorized the purchase of an additional $5,000,000 of outstanding debt 
or equity securities. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had purchased $5.0 million in principal amount 
of the RISRS, and $5.0 million of its common stock, representing 2,365,695 shares. 

Forward-looking Statements  

This  report  on  Form  10-K  includes  certain  “forward-looking  statements,”  including,  without  limitation,  the 
statements or implications to the effect that prepayments as a percentage of original balances will approximate 
22.2%  to  35.8%  cumulatively  over  the  lives  of  the  related  Contracts,  that  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of 
original balances will approximate 15.9% to 26.1% cumulatively over the lives of the related Contracts, with 
recovery rates approximating 4.0% to 5.9% of original principal balances. Other forward-looking statements 
may be identified by the use of words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “plans,” “estimates,” or words of like 
meaning. As to the specifically identified forward-looking statements, factors that could affect charge-offs and 
recovery rates include changes in the general economic climate, which could affect the willingness or ability of 
obligors to pay pursuant to the terms of Contracts, changes in laws respecting consumer finance, which could 
affect  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  enforce  rights  under  Contracts,  and  changes  in  the  market  for  used 
vehicles, which could affect the levels of recoveries upon sale of repossessed vehicles. Factors that could affect 
the  Company’s  revenues  in  the  current  year  include  the  levels  of  cash  releases  from  existing  pools  of 
Contracts, which would affect the Company’s ability to purchase Contracts, the terms on which the Company 
is able to finance such purchases, the willingness of Dealers to sell Contracts to the Company on the terms that 
it  offers,  and  the  terms  on  which  the  Company  is  able  to  complete  term  securitizations  once  Contracts  are 
acquired. Factors that could affect the Company’s expenses in the current year include competitive conditions 
in the market for qualified personnel, and interest rates (which affect the rates that the Company pays on Notes 
issued  in  its  securitizations).  The  statements  concerning  the  Company  structuring  future  securitization 
transactions as secured financings and the effects of such structures on financial items and on the Company’s 
future  profitability  also  are  forward-looking  statements.  Any  change  to  the  structure  of  the  Company’s 
securitization transaction could cause such forward-looking statements not to be accurate. Both the amount of 
the effect of the change in structure on the Company’s profitability and the duration of the period in which the 
Company’s profitability would be affected by the change in securitization structure are estimates. The accuracy 
of such estimates will be affected by the rate at which the Company purchases and sells Contracts, any changes 
in that rate, the credit performance of such Contracts, the financial terms of future securitizations, any changes 
in such terms over time, and other factors that generally affect the Company’s profitability.  

New Accounting Pronouncements 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Statement No. 123(R) 
(as  amended),  “Share-Based  Payment”  (“FAS  123(R)”  or  the  “Statement”).  FAS  123  (R)  and  related 
interpretations  require  that  the  compensation  cost  relating  to  share-based  payment  transactions,  including 
grants of employee stock options, be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based on 
the  fair  value  of  the  equity  or  liability  instruments  issued.  FAS  123(R)  permits  entities  to  use  any  option-
pricing model that meets the fair value objective in the Statement. (Modifications of share-based payments will 
be treated as replacement awards with the cost of the incremental value recorded in the financial statements.) 

The  Statement  is  effective  at  the  beginning  of  2006  and  will  therefore  be  effective  for  the  Company’s  first 
quarter of 2006. As of the effective date, the Company will apply the Statement using a modified version of 
prospective  application.  Under  that  transition  method,  compensation  cost  is  recognized  for  (1)  all  awards 
granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, cancelled, or repurchased after that date and 

 48

  
 
 
 
(2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-
date  fair  value  of  those  awards  calculated  for  pro  forma  disclosures  under  SFAS  123.  As  a  result  of  the 
acceleration of vesting on all options outstanding in December 2005 (see Note 9) there will be no effect on the 
Company’s adoption of the statement in 2006 relating to such options currently outstanding. 

In February 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments”. 
This statement amends the guidance in FASB Statements No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and 
Hedging  Activities”,  and  No.  140,  “”Accounting  for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and 
Extinguishments of Liabilities”. 

Statement  155  allows  financial  instruments  that  have  embedded  derivatives  to  be  accounted  for  as  a  whole 
(eliminating  the  need  to  bifurcate  the  derivative  from  its  host)  if  the  holder  elects  to  account  for  the  whole 
instrument on a fair value basis. The Statement also amends Statement 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a 
qualifying  special-purpose  entity  from  holding  a  derivative  financial  instrument  that  pertains  to  a  beneficial 
interest other than another derivative financial instrument. 

Statement 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after January 1, 2007. The Company 
does not believe the adoption of this statement will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position 
or operations.   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Prior  to  July 2003,  the  Company  structured  its  securitization  transactions  to  meet  the  accounting  criteria  for 
sales of finance receivables. In this structure the notes issued by the Company’s special purpose subsidiary do 
not  appear  as  debt  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheet.  See  Critical  Accounting  Policies  for  a 
detailed discussion of the Company’s securitization structure. 

Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

Interest Rate Risk  

The  Company  is  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  during  the  period  between  when  Contracts  are  purchased  from 
Dealers and when such Contracts become part of a term securitization. Specifically, the interest rates on the 
warehouse  facilities  are  adjustable  while  the  interest  rates  on  the  Contracts  are  fixed.  Historically,  the 
Company’s  term  securitization  facilities  have  had  fixed  rates  of  interest.  To  mitigate  some  of  this  risk,  the 
Company  has  in  the  past,  and  intends  to  continue  to,  structure  certain  of  its  securitization  transactions  to 
include pre-funding structures, whereby the amount of Notes issued exceeds the amount of Contracts initially 
sold to the Trusts. In pre-funding, the proceeds from the pre-funded portion are held in an escrow account until 
the Company sells the additional Contracts to the Trust in amounts up to the balance of the pre-funded escrow 
account. In pre-funded securitizations, the Company locks in the borrowing costs with respect to the Contracts 
it subsequently delivers to the Trust. However, the Company incurs an expense in pre-funded securitizations 
equal  to  the  difference  between  the  money  market  yields  earned  on  the  proceeds  held  in  escrow  prior  to 
subsequent delivery of Contracts and the interest rate paid on the Notes outstanding, the amount as to which 
there can be no assurance. 

The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  Company’s  interest  rate-sensitive  financial  instruments  by 
expected maturity date as of December 31, 2005: 

 49

  
 
 
 
Assets:
Finance receivables(1)………$
   Weighted average fixed
    effective interest rate…… $

$
Liabilities:
Warehouse lines
$
   of credit……………………$
   Weighted average variable
    effective interest rate…… $
Residual interest
$
   financing………………… $
    Fixed interest rate…………$
Securitization
$
   trust debt………………… $
   Weighted average fixed
    effective interest rate…… $
Senior secured debt…………$
    Fixed interest rate…………$
Subordinated renewable notes
   Weighted average fixed
    effective interest rate…… $
Subordinated debt……………$
    Fixed interest rate…………$

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Thereafter

Fair Value

(In thousands)

346,881

$

265,019

$

190,962

$

138,300

$

90,723

$

26,741

$

1,058,626

18.29%

18.56%

18.56%

18.49%

18.44%

18.37%

35,350

6.36%

17,986
8.36%

-

-

-

14,435
8.36%

7,644
8.36%

3,680
8.36%

-

-

-

-

35,350

43,745

328,007

224,651

160,530

113,996

75,101

21,741

914,901

3.95%
40,000
11.75%
1,643

6.75%
14,000
12.50%

4.09%
-

4.13%
-

4.28%
-

4.36%
-

4.73%
-

909

1,562

171

279

91

8.42%
-

9.61%
-

9.10%
-

10.10%

-

9.53%
-

40,000

4,655

14,000

_________________________ 
(1) Includes approximately $58.0 million in unfunded Contracts that are included in Restricted Cash at December 31, 2005 as a 
result of a prefunding structure. 

Much of the information used to determine fair value is highly subjective. When applicable, readily available 
market  information  has  been  utilized.  However,  for  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  financial 
instruments,  active  markets  do  not  exist.  Therefore,  considerable  judgments  were  required  in  estimating  fair 
value for certain items. The subjective factors include, among other things, the estimated timing and amount of 
cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and interest rates, all of which are subject to change. Since the 
fair value is estimated as of the dates shown in the table, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid at 
settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly different. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

This report includes Consolidated Financial Statements, notes thereto and an Independent Auditors’ Report, at 
the  pages  indicated  below.  Certain  unaudited  quarterly  financial  information  is  included  in  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements, as Note 18. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

On  October  16,  2004,  the  Company  notified  KPMG  LLP  ("KPMG")  that  KPMG's  appointment  as  the 
Company's  independent  auditor  would  cease  upon  completion  of  the  review  of  the  Company's  consolidated 
financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  three-  and  nine- month  periods  ended  September  30,  2004.  The  Audit 
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the decision to terminate such appointment. 
KPMG's audit reports on the Company's financial statements for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 
and 2002, respectively, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified 
or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.  

 50

  
    
    
    
    
      
      
     
      
                
              
              
              
              
          
      
      
        
        
              
              
          
    
    
    
    
      
      
        
      
              
              
              
              
              
          
        
           
        
           
           
             
            
      
              
              
              
              
              
          
 
 
 
On November 15, 2004, KPMG completed its review of the Company's consolidated financial statements as of 
and for the three- and nine- month periods ended September 30, 2004. KPMG's appointment as the Company's 
independent auditor ended at that time. On November 23, 2004 the Company engaged McGladrey & Pullen, 
LLP  to  perform  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2004. 

In connection with its audits of the Company's financial statements for the two fiscal years ended December 
31, 2002 and 2003, and through November 15, 2004:  

a) there were no disagreements between the Company and KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or 
practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved 
to  KPMG's  satisfaction,  would  have  caused  KPMG  to  make  reference  to  the  subject  matter  of  the 
disagreements in connection with its opinions on the financial statements; and  

b) there were no reportable events (as specified in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Quarterly Evaluation of the Company’s Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls  

The Company maintains a system of internal controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance 
as to the reliability of its published financial statements and other disclosures included in this report. As of the 
end of the period covered by this report, The Company evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation 
of such disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the principal executive officer (Charles 
E. Bradley, Jr.) and the principal financial officer (Robert E. Riedl) concluded that the disclosure controls and 
procedures  are  effective  in  recording,  processing,  summarizing  and  reporting,  on  a  timely  basis,  material 
information  relating  to  the  Company  that  is  required  to  be  included  in  its  reports  filed  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. There have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting 
during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

CEO and CFO Certifications  

Immediately  following  the  Signatures  section  of  this  Annual  Report,  there  are  two  separate  forms  of 
“Certifications”  of  the  CEO  and  the  CFO.  The  first  form  of  Certification  (the  Rule 13a-14  Certification)  is 
required  by  Rule 13a-14  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  This  Controls  and 
Procedures section of the Annual Report includes the information concerning the Controls Evaluation referred 
to in the Rule 13a-14 Certifications and it should be read in conjunction with the Rule 13a-14 Certifications for 
a more complete understanding of the topics presented.  

Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls  

Disclosure Controls are procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports 
filed under  the  Exchange  Act,  such as  this  Annual  Report,  is  recorded,  processed, summarized  and  reported 
within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  (the  “SEC”)  rules  and 
forms.  Disclosure  Controls  are  also  designed  to  ensure  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding required disclosure. Internal Controls are procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that 
(1) our  transactions  are properly  authorized;  (2) our  assets  are  safeguarded  against  unauthorized  or  improper 

 51

  
 
 
 
 
use;  and  (3) our  transactions  are  properly  recorded  and  reported,  all  to  permit  the  preparation  of  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls  

The  Company’s  management, including the  CEO and CFO,  does  not  expect  that our  Disclosure  Controls  or 
our Internal Controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. 
Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits 
of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, 
no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, 
within  the  Company  have  been  detected.  These  inherent  limitations  include  the  realities  that  judgments  in 
decision-making  can  be  faulty,  and  that  breakdowns  can  occur  because  of  simple  error  or  mistake.  Controls 
can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by 
management  override  of  the  controls.  The  design  of  any  system  of  controls  is  based  in  part  upon  certain 
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed 
in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with its policies or procedures. 
Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may 
occur and not be detected.  

Scope of the Controls Evaluation  

The  evaluation  of  our  Disclosure  Controls  and  our  Internal  Controls  included  a  review  of  the  controls' 
objectives  and  design,  the  Company’s  implementation  of  the  controls  and  the  effect  of  the  controls  on  the 
information generated for use in this Annual Report. In the course of the Controls Evaluation, we sought to 
identify  data  errors,  controls  problems  or  acts  of  fraud  and  confirm  that  appropriate  corrective  actions, 
including process improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is performed on a quarterly 
basis so that the conclusions of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning controls effectiveness 
can  be  reported  in  our  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form 10-Q  and  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K.  Our  Internal 
Controls  are  also  evaluated  by  other  personnel  in  our  organization,  as  well  as  independent  interested  third 
parties  such  as  financial  guaranty  insurers  or  their  designees.  The  overall  goals  of  these  various  evaluation 
activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls and our Internal Controls, and to modify them as necessary; 
our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls and the Internal Controls as dynamic systems that change as 
conditions warrant.  

Among  other  matters,  we  sought  in  our  evaluation  to  determine  whether  there  were  any  “significant 
deficiencies”  or  “material  weaknesses”  in  the  Company’s  Internal  Controls,  and  whether  the  Company  had 
identified  any  acts  of  fraud  involving  personnel  with  a  significant  role  in  the  Company’s  Internal  Controls. 
This information was important both for the Controls Evaluation generally, and because items 5 and 6 in the 
Rule 13a-14 Certifications of the CEO and CFO require that the CEO and CFO disclose that information to our 
Board’s  Audit  Committee  and  our  independent  auditors,  and  report  on  related  matters  in  this  section  of  the 
Annual  Report.  In  professional  auditing  literature,  “significant  deficiencies”  are  referred  to  as  “reportable 
conditions,”  which  are  control  issues  that  could  have  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  the  ability  to  record, 
process,  summarize  and  report  financial  data  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Auditing  literature 
defines “material weakness” as a particularly serious reportable condition where the internal control does not 
reduce to a relatively low level the risk that misstatements caused by error or fraud may occur in amounts that 
would  be  material  in  relation  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  risk  that  such  misstatements 
would not be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned 
functions. We also sought to deal with other controls matters in the Controls Evaluation, and in each case if a 

 52

  
 
 
 
problem  was identified, we considered what revision, improvement and/or correction to make in accordance 
with our ongoing procedures.  

Conclusions  

Based upon the Controls Evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, subject to the limitations noted 
above, our Disclosure Controls are effective to ensure that material information relating to Consumer Portfolio 
Services, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, 
particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared, and that our Internal Controls are 
effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are  fairly  presented  in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Item 9B. Other Information  

Not Applicable 

 53

  
 
 
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – McGladrey & Pullen, LLP .....................

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – KPMG, LLP ...........................................

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 ..........................................................

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 ........

Page 

Reference 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 

2005, 2004, and 2003..........................................................................................................................

F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 

and 2003 .............................................................................................................................................

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 .......

F-7 

F-8 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 

2003 ....................................................................................................................................................

F-10 

  
  
 
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors  
Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  two  years  in  the  period 
ended  December  31,  2005.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on 
our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes 
examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, 
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 
31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP 

Irvine, California 
February 24, 2006 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors  
Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss), 
shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements 
based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about  whether  the  financial statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit includes  examining, on  a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Orange County, California 
March 15, 2004 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

December 31,
2005

December 31,
2004

ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and equivalents

Finance receivables
Less: Allowance for finance credit losses
Finance receivables, net

Residual interest in securitizations
Furniture and equipment, net
Deferred financing costs 
Deferred tax assets, net
Accrued interest receivable
Other assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Warehouse lines of credit
Tax liabilities, net
Notes payable
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Senior secured debt, related party
Subordinated renewable notes
Subordinated debt

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, $1 par value;
   authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued
Series A preferred stock, $1 par value;
   authorized 5,000,000 shares;
   3,415,000 shares issued; none outstanding
Common stock, no par value; authorized
   30,000,000 shares; 21,687,584 and 21,471,478
   shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and
  December 31, 2004, respectively
Additional paid in capital, warrants
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Deferred compensation 

$

$

$

$

$

$

17,789
157,662

971,304
(57,728)
913,576

25,220
1,079
8,596
7,532
10,930
12,760
1,155,144

19,568
35,350
-
211
43,745
924,026
40,000
4,655
14,000
1,081,555

-

-

66,748
794
8,476
(2,429)
-
73,589

14,366
125,113

592,806
(42,615)
550,191

50,430
1,567
5,096
-
6,411
13,425
766,599

18,153
34,279
2,978
1,421
22,204
542,815
59,829
-
15,000
696,679

-

-

66,283
-
5,104
(1,017)
(450)
69,920

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

$

1,155,144

$

766,599

F-4 

 
 
                   
                   
                 
                 
                 
                 
                  
                  
                 
                 
                   
                   
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                             
                   
                     
                   
                   
              
                 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                             
                     
                        
                     
                   
                   
                 
                 
                   
                   
                     
                             
                   
                   
              
                 
                             
                             
                             
                             
                   
                   
                        
                             
                     
                     
                    
                    
                             
                       
                   
                   
              
                 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues:
Net gain on sale of contracts
Interest income 
Servicing fees
Other income

Expenses:
Employee costs
General and administrative 
Interest
Interest, related party
Provision for credit losses
Impairment loss on residual asset
Marketing
Occupancy
Depreciation and amortization

Income (loss) before income tax benefit
Income tax benefit
Net income (loss)

Earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic 
  Diluted

Number of shares used in computing
earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic 
  Diluted

Year Ended December 31,
2004

2005

2003

-
171,834
6,647
15,216
193,697

40,384
23,095
44,148
7,521
58,987
-
12,000
3,400
790
190,325
3,372
-
3,372

0.16
0.14

$

$

$

$

-
105,818
12,480
14,394
132,692

10,421
58,164
17,058
19,343
104,986

38,173
21,293
25,876
6,271
32,574
11,750
8,338
3,520
785
148,580
(15,888)
-
(15,888)

(0.75)
(0.75)

$

$

37,141
21,271
17,867
5,994
11,390
4,052
5,380
3,930
1,000
108,025
(3,039)
(3,434)
395

0.02
0.02

$

$

$

21,627
23,513

21,111
21,111

20,263
21,578

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-5 

 
 
                 
                 
       
     
     
       
 
         
 
       
 
       
       
       
       
     
     
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
       
       
       
                 
       
         
       
         
         
         
         
         
            
            
         
     
     
     
         
      
        
                 
                 
        
         
      
            
           
          
           
 
           
 
          
 
           
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 

(In thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,
2004

2005

2003

Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Minimum pension liability, net of tax
Comprehensive income (loss)

$

$

3,372

(1,412)
1,960

$

$

(15,888)

1,409
(14,479)

$

$

395

(832)
(437)

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-6 

 
 
 
         
      
            
 
        
 
         
 
           
         
      
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital,
Warrants

Balance at December 31, 2002

20,528

$

63,929

$

Common stock issued upon exercise
  of options, including tax benefit
Purchase of common stock
Pension benefit obligation
Repurchase of warrants issued
Deferred compensation on 
   stock options
Amortization of stock compensation
Net income
Balance at December 31,2003

Common stock issued upon exercise
  of options, including tax benefit
Common stock issued upon
   conversion of debt
Purchase of common stock
Pension benefit obligation
Deferred compensation on 
   stock options
Amortization of stock compensation
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2004

Common stock issued upon exercise
  of options, including tax benefit
Purchase of common stock
Pension benefit obligation
Valuation of warrants issued
Deferred compensation on 
   stock options
Amortization of stock compensation
Net income
Balance at December 31, 2005

609
(548)
-
-

-

-
20,589

575

333
(26)
-

-
-
-
21,471

415
(199)
-
-

-
-
-
21,687

$

974
(1,195)
-
(896)

1,585
-
-
64,397

1,079

1,000
(111)
-

(82)
-
-
66,283

1,311
(1,040)
-
-

194
-
-
66,748

$

-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
794

-
-
-
794

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Retained
Earnings

$

20,597

$

(1,594)

Deferred
Compensation
$
(358)

Total

$

82,574

-
-
-
-

-
-
395
20,992

-

-
-
-

-
-
(15,888)
5,104

-
-
-
-

-
-
3,372
8,476

$

$

-
-
(832)
-

-
-
-
(2,426)

-

-
-
1,409

-
-
-
(1,017)

-
-
(1,412)
-

-
-
-
(2,429)

-
-
-
-

(1,585)
1,140
-
(803)

-

-
-
-

82
271
-
(450)

-
-
-
-

(194)
644
-
-

$

$

974
(1,195)
(832)
(896)

-
1,140
395
82,160

1,079

1,000
(111)
1,409

-
271
(15,888)
69,920

1,311
(1,040)
(1,412)
794

-
644
3,372
73,589

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-7 

 
 
 
       
       
                 
       
          
           
       
            
            
                 
                 
                   
                 
            
           
        
                 
                 
                   
                 
        
                 
                 
                 
                 
             
                 
           
                 
           
                 
                 
                   
                 
           
                 
         
                 
                 
                   
        
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
         
         
                 
                 
                 
            
                   
                 
            
       
       
                 
       
          
           
       
            
         
                 
                 
                   
                 
         
            
         
                 
                 
                   
                 
         
             
           
                 
                 
                   
                 
           
                 
                 
                 
                 
           
                 
         
                 
             
                 
                 
                   
              
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
            
            
                 
                 
                 
      
                   
                 
      
       
       
                 
         
          
           
       
            
         
                 
                 
                   
                 
         
           
        
                 
                 
                   
                 
        
                 
                 
                 
                 
          
                 
        
                 
                 
            
                 
                   
                 
            
                 
            
                 
                 
                   
           
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
            
            
                 
                 
                 
         
                   
                 
         
       
       
            
         
          
                 
       
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss) 
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
     Reversal of restructuring accrual
     Impairment loss on residual asset
     Amortization of deferred acquisition fees
     Amortization of discount on Class B Notes
     Depreciation and amortization
     Amortization of deferred financing costs
     Provision for credit losses
     Gain of sale of Contracts, NIR
     Deferred compensation
     Releases of cash from Trusts to Company
     Initial deposits to Trusts
     Net deposits to Trusts to increase Credit Enhancement
     Interest income on residual assets
     Cash received from residual interest in securitizations
     Impairment charge against non-auto finanace receivable assets
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
       Payments on restructuring accrual
       Restricted cash and equivalents
       Purchases of contracts held for sale
       Proceeds received on Contracts held for sale
       Other assets
       Deferred tax assets, net
       Accounts payable and accrued expenses
       Tax liabilities

          Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchases of finance receivables held for investment
   Purchases of note receivable
   Proceeds received on finance receivables held for investment
   Purchase of furniture and equipment
   Purchase of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

          Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of residual financing debt
   Proceeds from issuance of securitization trust debt
   Proceeds from issuance of senior secured debt, related party
   Proceeds from issuance of subordinated renewable notes
   Net proceeds from warehouse lines of credit
   Repayment of residual interest financing debt
   Repayment of securitization trust debt
   Repayment of senior secured debt, related party
   Repayment of subordinated debt and renewable notes
   Repayment of notes payable
   Repayment of related party debt
   Payment of financing costs
   Repurchase of common stock
   Repurchase of warrants issued
   Exercise of options and warrants
          Net cash provided by financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Year Ended December 31,
2004

2005

2003

$

3,372

$

(15,888)

$

395

-
-
(10,851)
1,486
790
3,296
58,987
-
644
23,074
-
-
(5,338)
30,548
1,882

(1,425)
(55,623)
-
-
(5,578)
(7,532)
1,928
(2,978)

36,682

(691,252)
-
279,730
(166)
-

(411,688)

45,800
662,350
-
4,685
1,071
(24,259)
(282,625)
(19,829)
(1,030)
(1,209)
-
(6,796)
(1,040)
-
1,311
378,429

3,423

14,366
17,789

$

$

(1,287)
11,750
(6,725)
588
785
3,479
32,574
-
271
21,357
-
(2,858)
(4,633)
54,154
-

(1,969)
(76,336)
-
-
(5,415)
-
715
(606)

9,956

(505,977)
(2,799)
196,126
(1,408)
-

(314,058)

44,000
474,720
25,000
-
570
(21,796)
(177,611)
(15,137)
(20,000)
(1,909)
(16,500)
(7,046)
(111)
-
1,079
285,259

(18,843)

33,209
14,366

$

-
4,052
(870)
-
1,000
2,695
11,916
(4,381)
1,140
25,934
(18,736)
(20,867)
(16,178)
45,644
-

(1,804)
(30,641)
(182,045)
283,423
6,936
-
(1,559)
(7,162)

98,892

(175,275)
-
6,611
(93)
(10,181)

(178,938)

-
154,375
25,000
-
31,332
-
(96,484)
(25,107)
(1,000)
(3,748)
-
(2,553)
(1,195)
(896)
584
80,308

262

32,947
33,209

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-8 

 
       
      
          
                
        
               
                
       
       
    
        
         
       
            
               
           
            
       
       
         
       
     
       
     
                
                
      
           
            
       
     
       
     
                
                
    
                
        
    
      
        
    
     
       
     
       
                
               
      
        
      
    
      
    
                
                
  
                
                
   
      
        
       
      
                
               
       
            
      
      
           
      
     
         
     
  
    
  
                
        
               
   
     
       
          
        
           
                
                
    
  
    
  
     
       
               
   
     
   
                
       
     
       
                
               
       
            
     
    
      
               
  
    
    
    
      
    
      
      
      
      
        
      
                
      
               
      
        
      
      
           
      
                
                
         
       
         
          
   
     
     
       
      
          
     
       
     
     
       
     
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,
2004

2005

2003

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the period for:
        Interest
        Income taxes

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
      Stock-based compensation
      Conversion of related party debt to common stock
      Pension benefit obligation, net
      Value of warrants issued

$

$

$

$

45,929
9,377

644
-
1,412
794

$

$

28,228
420

271
(1,000)
(1,409)
-

18,677
3,728

1,140
-
832
-

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

F-9 

 
      
      
      
        
           
        
           
           
        
                
       
                
        
       
           
           
                
                
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Description of Business  

Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  (“CPS”)  was  incorporated  in  California  on  March  8,  1991.  CPS  and  its 
subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  specialize  in  purchasing,  selling  and  servicing  retail  automobile 
installment  sale  contracts  (“Contracts”)  originated  by  licensed  motor  vehicle  dealers  (“Dealers”)  located 
throughout the United States. Dealers located in Texas, California, Ohio and Florida represented 10.7%, 9.0%, 
7.5% and 7.1%, respectively of Contracts purchased during 2005 compared with 12.1%, 8.6%, 5.1% and 6.1%, 
respectively  in  2004.  No  other  state  had  a  concentration  in  excess  of  7.0%.  The  Company  specializes  in 
Contracts with obligors who generally would not be expected to qualify for traditional financing, such as that 
provided by commercial banks or automobile manufacturers’ captive finance companies. 

The Company is subject to various regulations and laws as they relate to the extension of credit in consumer 
credit transactions. Although the Company believes it is currently in material compliance with these regulation 
and  laws,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  maintain  such  compliance.  Failure  to 
comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company.    

Acquisitions 

On  March  8,  2002,  the  Company  acquired  MFN  Financial  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a  merger  (the 
“MFN  Merger”).  On  May  20,  2003,  the  Company  acquired  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  in  a 
second merger (the “TFC Merger”). Each merger was accounted for as a purchase. MFN Financial Corporation 
and  its  subsidiaries  (“MFN”)  and  TFC  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (“TFC”)  were  engaged  in 
businesses similar to that of the Company: buying Contracts from Dealers, financing those Contracts through 
securitization  transactions,  and  servicing  those  Contracts.  MFN  ceased  acquiring  Contracts  in  March  2002; 
TFC continues to acquire Contracts under its “TFC Programs.”  

On  April  2,  2004,  the  Company  purchased  a  portfolio  of  Contracts  and  certain  other  assets  (the  “SeaWest 
Asset Acquisition”) from SeaWest Financial Corporation (“SeaWest”). In addition, the Company was named 
the successor servicer for three term securitization transactions originally sponsored by SeaWest (the “SeaWest 
Third Party Portfolio”). The Company does not intend to offer financing programs similar to those previously 
offered by SeaWest. 

Principles of Consolidation  

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  and  its 
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  certain  of  which  are  Special  Purpose  Subsidiaries  (“SPS”),  formed  to 
accommodate  the  structures  under  which  the  Company  purchases  and  securitizes  its  Contracts.  The 
Consolidated Financial Statements also include the accounts of CPS Leasing, Inc., an 80% owned subsidiary. 
All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with 
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

due  from  banks  and  money  market  accounts.  The  Company’s  cash  is  primarily  deposited  at  three  financial 
institutions. The Company maintains cash due from banks in excess of the bank’s insured deposit limits. The 
Company  does  not  believe  it  is  exposed  to  any  significant  credit  risk  on  these  deposits.  As  part  of  certain 
financial covenants related to debt facilities, the Company is required to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash 
balance. 

Finance Receivables, net of unearned income  

Finance receivables are presented at cost. All Finance receivable Contracts are held for investment and include 
automobile  installment  sales  contracts  on  which  interest  is pre-computed  and added  to  the amount  financed. 
The  interest  on  such  Contracts  is  included  in  unearned  finance  charges.  Unearned  finance  charges  are 
amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the receivables. Generally, payments received 
on  finance  receivables  are  restricted  to  certain  securitized  pools,  and  the  related  Contracts  cannot  be  resold. 
Finance  receivables  are  charged  off  pursuant  to  the  controlling  documents  of  certain  securitized  pools, 
generally before they become contractually delinquent five payments. Contracts that are deemed uncollectible 
prior  to  the  maximum  delinquency  period  are  charged  off  immediately.  Management  may  authorize  an 
extension of payment terms if collection appears likely during the next calendar month. 

The Company’s portfolio of finance receivables is comprised of smaller-balance homogeneous Contracts that 
are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment  on  a  portfolio  basis.  The  Company  reports  delinquency  on  a 
contractual basis. Once a Contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, the Company does not recognize 
additional interest income until the borrower under the Contract makes sufficient payments to be less than 90 
days delinquent. Any payments received by a borrower that is greater than 90 days delinquent is first applied to 
accrued interest and then to principal reduction. 

Allowance for Finance Credit Losses  

In order to estimate an appropriate allowance for losses to be incurred on finance receivables, the Company 
uses  a  loss  allowance  methodology  commonly  referred  to  as  “static  pooling,”  which  stratifies  its  finance 
receivable  portfolio  into  separately  identified  pools.  Using  analytical  and  formula  driven  techniques,  the 
Company  estimates  an  allowance  for  finance  credit  losses,  which  management  believes  is  adequate  for 
probable  credit  losses  that  can  be  reasonably  estimated  in  its  portfolio  of  finance  receivable  Contracts. 
Provision for loss is charged to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. Net losses incurred on 
finance  receivables  are  charged  to  the  allowance.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  by 
examining current delinquencies, the characteristics of the portfolio, the value of the underlying collateral and 
historical  loss  trends.  As  conditions  change,  the  Company’s  level  of  provisioning  and/or  allowance  may 
change as well. 

Charge Off Policy 

Delinquent Contracts for which the related financed vehicle has been repossessed are generally charged off no 
later  than  the  month  in  which  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  financed  vehicle  were  received  (see 
Repossessed  and  Other  Assets  below).    The  amount  charged  off  is  the  remaining  principal  balance  of  the 
Contract, after the application of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the financed vehicle.  With respect to 
delinquent Contracts for which the related financed vehicle has not been sold, the remaining principal balance 
thereof is generally charged off no later than the end of the month that the Contract becomes 120 days past due 
for CPS Program receivables and for non-CPS Program receivables, no later than the end of the month that the 
Contract becomes 180 days past due. 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Contract Acquisition Fees  

Upon  purchase  of  a  Contract  from  a  Dealer,  the  Company  generally  charges  or  advances  the  Dealer  an 
acquisition  fee.  For  Contracts  securitized  in  pools  which  were  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting 
purposes,  the  acquisition  fees  associated  with  Contract  purchases  were  deferred  until  the  Contracts  were 
securitized, at which time the deferred acquisition fees were recognized as a component of the gain on sale.  

For  Contracts  purchased  and  securitized  in  pools  which  are  structured  as  secured  financings  for  financial 
accounting purposes, dealer acquisition fees reduce the carrying value of finance receivables and are accreted 
into earnings as an adjustment to the yield over the life of the loans using the interest method in accordance 
with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  91,  “Accounting  for  Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Costs 
Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases”.  

Effective January 1, 2005, the Company adopted the Accounting Standards Executive Committee’s Statement 
of Position 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”), for 
loans acquired subsequent to December 31, 2004. Under SOP 03-3, dealer acquisition fees on loans purchased 
by the Company are not considered credit-related because there is no deterioration in credit quality between 
the time the loan originated and when it is acquired. The adoption of SOP 03-3 had no impact on the financial 
statements of the Company.  

Repossessed and Other Assets  

If a customer fails to make or keep promises for payments, or if the customer is uncooperative or attempts to 
evade  contact  or  hide  the  vehicle,  a  supervisor  will  review  the  collection  activity  relating  to  the  account  to 
determine if repossession of the vehicle is warranted. Generally, such a decision will occur between the 45th 
and 90th day past the customer’s payment due date, but could occur sooner or later, depending on the specific 
circumstances. At the time the vehicle is repossessed the Company will stop accruing interest in this Contract, 
and reclassify the remaining Contract balance to other assets. In addition the Company will apply a specific 
reserve to this Contract so that the net balance represents the estimated fair value less costs to sell. Included in 
other assets in the accompanying balance sheets are repossessed vehicles pending sale, net of the reserve, of 
$4.2 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. 

Included in Other Assets are non-finance receivable assets totaling $2.4 million as of December 31, 2005, net 
of a valuation allowance of $1.9 million. The valuation allowance was established in 2005 and is included in 
general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations (See Note 13).  
Included in the $1.9 million valuation allowance, is $900,000 associated with related party receivables.  

Treatment of Securitizations  

Prior  to  July  2003,  the  disposition  of  Contracts  in  securitization  transactions  were  structured  as  sales  for 
financial  accounting  purposes,  therefore,  gain  on  sale  was  recognized  on  those  securitization  transactions  in 
which the Company, or a wholly-owned, consolidated subsidiary of the Company, retained a residual interest 
in  the  Contracts  that  were  sold  to  a  wholly-owned,  unconsolidated  special  purpose  subsidiary.  These 
securitization  transactions  include  “term”  securitizations  (the  purchaser  holds  the  Contracts  for  substantially 
their  entire  term)  and  “continuous”  or  “warehouse”  securitizations  (which  finance  the  acquisition  of  the 
Contracts for future sale into term securitizations). 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The line item “Residual interest in securitizations” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet represents 
the residual interests in term securitizations completed prior to July 2003. This line represents the discounted 
sum of expected future cash flows from these securitization trusts. Accordingly, the valuation of the residual is 
heavily dependent on estimates of future performance of the Contracts included in the term securitizations. 

All  subsequent  securitizations  were  structured  as  secured  financings.  The  warehouse  securitizations  are 
accordingly  reflected  in  the  line  items  “Finance  receivables”  and  “Warehouse  lines  of  credit”  on  the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the term securitizations are reflected in the line items “Finance 
receivables” and “Securitization trust debt.”  

The Company’s securitization structure has generally been as follows: 

The  Company  sells Contracts  it  acquires to  a  wholly-owned  Special Purpose  Subsidiary  (“SPS”),  which has 
been  established  for  the  limited  purpose  of  buying  and  reselling  the  Company’s  Contracts.  The  SPS  then 
transfers the same Contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust (“Trust”). The Trust issues interest-
bearing asset-backed securities (“Notes”), in a principal amount equal to or less than the aggregate principal 
balance of the Contracts. The Company typically sells these Contracts to the Trust at face value and without 
recourse, except that representations and warranties similar to those provided by the Dealer to the Company 
are provided by the Company to the Trust. One or more investors purchase the Notes issued by the Trust (the 
“Noteholders”);  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  Notes  are  then  used  to  purchase  the  Contracts  from  the 
Company.  The  Company  may  retain  or  sell  subordinated  Notes  issued  by  the  Trust  or  a  related  entity.  The 
Company  purchases  a  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy,  guaranteeing  timely  payment  of  principal  and 
interest on the senior Notes, from an insurance company (a “Note Insurer”). In addition, the Company provides 
“Credit Enhancement” for the benefit of the Note Insurer and the Noteholders in three forms: (1) an initial cash 
deposit to a bank account (a “Spread Account”) held by the Trust, (2) overcollateralization of the Notes, where 
the principal balance of the Notes issued is less than the principal balance of the Contracts, and (3) in the form 
of subordinated Notes. The agreements governing the securitization transactions (collectively referred to as the 
“Securitization Agreements”) require that the initial level of Credit Enhancement be supplemented by a portion 
of collections from the Contracts until the level of Credit Enhancement reaches specified levels which are then 
maintained.  The  specified  levels  are  generally  computed  as  a  percentage  of  the  principal  amount  remaining 
unpaid under the related Contracts. The specified levels at which the Credit Enhancement is to be maintained 
will  vary  depending  on  the  performance  of  the  portfolios  of  Contracts  held  by  the  Trusts  and  on  other 
conditions,  and  may  also  be  varied  by  agreement  among  the  Company,  the  SPS,  the  Note  Insurers  and  the 
trustee.  Such  levels  have  increased  and  decreased  from  time  to  time  based  on  performance  of  the  various 
portfolios, and have also varied by Securitization Agreement. The Securitization Agreements generally grant 
the  Company  the  option  to  repurchase  the  sold  Contracts  from  the  Trust  when  the  aggregate  outstanding 
balance of the Contracts has amortized to a specified percentage of the initial aggregate balance. 

Beginning in the third quarter of 2003, the Company began to structure its term securitization transactions so 
that they would be treated for financial accounting purposes as borrowings secured by receivables, rather than 
as sales of receivables.  

These  changes  collectively  represent  a  deferral  of  revenue  and  acceleration  of  expenses,  and  thus  a  more 
conservative  approach  to  accounting  for  the  Company’s  operations  compared  to  the  previous  term 
securitization  transactions  which  were  accounted  for  as  sales  at  the  consummation  of  the  transaction.  The 
changes have resulted in the Company initially reporting lower earnings than it would have reported if it had 
continued structuring its securitizations to require recognition of gain on sale. 

Securitizations  prior  to  July  2003  that  were  treated  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes  differ  from 
secured  financings  in  that  the  Trust  to  which  the  SPS  sold  the  Contracts  met  the  definition  of  a  “qualified 
special purpose entity” under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 (“SFAS 140”). As a result, 
assets and liabilities of the Trust are not consolidated into the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

F-13 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  Company’s  warehouse  securitization  structures  are  similar  to  the  above,  except  that  (i)  the  SPS  that 
purchases the Contracts pledges the Contracts to secure promissory notes which it issues, (ii) the promissory 
notes are in an aggregate principal amount of not more than 77.0% to 80.0% of the aggregate principal balance 
of the Contracts (that is, at least 20.0% overcollateralization), and (iii) no increase in the required amount of 
Credit Enhancement is contemplated unless certain portfolio performance tests are breached. Upon each sale of 
Contracts  in  a  securitization  structured  as  a  secured  financing,  the  Company  retains  on  its  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheet  the  Contracts  securitized  as  assets  and  records  the  Notes  issued  in  the  transaction  as 
indebtedness of the Company. 

Under  the  prior  securitizations  structured  as  sales  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  the  Company  removed 
from  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  the  Contracts  sold  and  added  to  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  (i)  the 
cash  received,  if  any,  and  (ii)  the  estimated  fair value of  the  ownership  interest  that  the  Company  retains  in 
Contracts sold in the securitization. That retained or residual interest (the “Residual”) consists of (a) the cash 
held in the Spread Account, if any, (b) overcollateralization, if any, (c) subordinated Notes retained, if any, and 
(d) receivables from Trust, which include the net interest receivables (“NIRs”). NIRs represent the estimated 
discounted cash  flows to  be  received  from  the  Trust  in  the  future, net  of principal  and  interest  payable  with 
respect  to  the  Notes,  and  certain  expenses.  The  excess  of  the  cash  received  and  the  assets  retained  by  the 
Company over the allocated carrying value of the Contracts sold, less transaction costs, equals the net gain on 
sale  of  Contracts  recorded  by  the  Company.  Until  the  maturity  of  these  transactions,  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  will  reflect  securitization  transactions  structured  both  as  sales  and  as  secured 
financings. 

With respect to securitizations structured as sales for financial accounting purposes, the Company allocates its 
basis in the Contracts between the Contracts sold and the Residuals retained based on the relative fair values of 
those portions on the date of the sale. The Company recognizes gains or losses attributable to the change in the 
estimated fair value of the Residuals. Gains in fair value are recognized in the income statement with losses 
being recorded as an impairment loss in the income statement. The Company is not aware of an active market 
for the purchase or sale of interests such as the Residuals; accordingly, the Company determines the estimated 
fair  value  of  the  Residuals  by  discounting  the  amount  of  anticipated  cash  flows  that  it  estimates  will  be 
released to the Company in the future (the cash out method), using a discount rate that the Company believes is 
appropriate  for  the  risks  involved.  The  anticipated  cash  flows  include  collections  from  both  current  and 
charged off receivables. The Company has used an effective pre-tax discount rate of 14% per annum except for 
certain  collections  from  charged  off  receivables  related  to  the  Company’s  securitizations  in  2001  and  later 
where the Company has used a discount rate of 25%. 

The  Company  receives  periodic  base  servicing  fees  for  the  servicing  and  collection  of  the  Contracts.  In 
addition, the Company is entitled to the cash flows from the Trusts that represent collections on the Contracts 
in excess of the amounts required to pay principal and interest on the Notes, the base servicing fees, and certain 
other fees (such as trustee and custodial fees). Required principal payments on the Notes are generally defined 
as the payments sufficient to keep the principal balance of the Notes equal to the aggregate principal balance of 
the related Contracts (excluding those Contracts that have been charged off), or a pre-determined percentage of 
such  balance.  Where  that  percentage  is  less  than  100%,  the  related  Securitization  Agreements  require 
accelerated payment of principal until the principal balance of the Notes is reduced to the specified percentage. 
Such accelerated principal payment is said to create “overcollateralization” of the Notes. 

If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, interest and principal exceeds the amount collected during 
the collection period, the shortfall is withdrawn from the Spread Account, if any. If the cash collected during 
the  period  exceeds  the  amount  necessary  for  the  above  allocations,  and  there  is  no  shortfall  in  the  related 
Spread  Account  or  other  form  of  Credit  Enhancement,  the  excess  is  released  to  the  Company,  or  in  certain 
cases is transferred to other Spread Accounts related to transactions insured by the same Note Insurer that may 
be  below  their  required  levels.  If  the  total  Credit  Enhancement  amount  is  not  at  the  required  level,  then  the 
excess cash collected is retained in the Trust until the specified level is achieved. Although Spread Account 
balances are held by the Trusts on behalf of the Company’s SPS as the owner of the Residuals (in the case of 
securitization transactions structured as sales for financial accounting purposes) or the Trusts (in the case of 

F-14 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

securitization transactions structured as secured financings for financial accounting purposes), the cash in the 
Spread Accounts is restricted from use by the Company. Cash held in the various Spread Accounts is invested 
in high quality, liquid investment securities, as specified in the Securitization Agreements. In determining the 
value  of  the Residuals,  the  Company  must  estimate  the  future  rates  of  prepayments, delinquencies,  defaults, 
default loss severity, and recovery rates, as all of these factors affect the amount and timing of the estimated 
cash flows.  The Company’s estimates are based on historical performance of comparable Contracts. 

Following  a  securitization  that  is  structured  as  a  sale  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  interest  income  is 
recognized  on  the  balance  of  the  Residuals.  In  addition,  the  Company  will  recognize  as  a  gain  additional 
revenue from the Residuals if the actual performance of the Contracts is better than the Company’s estimate of 
the value of the residual. If the actual performance of the Contracts were worse than the Company’s estimate, 
then a downward adjustment to the carrying value of the Residuals and a related impairment charge would be 
required.  In  a  securitization  structured  as  a  secured  financing  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  interest 
income  is  recognized  when  accrued  under  the  terms  of  the  related  Contracts  and,  therefore,  presents  less 
potential for fluctuations in performance when compared to the approach used in a transaction structured as a 
sale for financial accounting purposes. 

In all the Company’s term securitizations, whether treated as secured financings or as sales, the Company has 
transferred the receivables (through a subsidiary) to the securitization Trust. The difference between the two 
structures is that in securitizations that are treated as secured financings the Company reports the assets and 
liabilities of the securitization Trust on its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under both structures the Noteholders’ 
and  the  related  securitization  Trusts’  recourse  to  the  Company  for  failure  of  the  Contract  obligors  to  make 
payments on a timely basis is limited to the Company’s Finance receivables, Spread Accounts and Residuals.  

Servicing 

The  Company  considers  the  contractual  servicing  fee  received  on  its  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries to approximate adequate compensation. As a result, no servicing asset or liability has 
been  recognized.  Servicing fees  received on  its  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated  subsidiaries  are 
reported  as  income  when  earned.  Servicing  fees  received  on  its  managed  portfolio  held  by  consolidated 
subsidiaries are included in interest income when earned. Servicing costs are charged to expense as incurred. 
Servicing fees receivable, which are included in Other Assets in the accompanying balance sheets, represent 
fees earned but not yet remitted to the Company by the trustee. 

Furniture and Equipment  

Furniture  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  net  of  accumulated  depreciation.  The  Company  calculates 
depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three 
to five years. Assets held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the 
estimated useful lives of the assets or the related lease terms. Amortization expense on assets acquired under 
capital lease is included with depreciation expense on Company owned assets. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of  

The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting 
for  the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets.”  This  Statement  requires  that  long-lived  assets  and  certain 
identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  is 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated 
by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed 
of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. 

Other Income 

Other  Income  consists  primarily  of  recoveries  on  previously  charged  off  MFN  Contracts,  fees  paid  to  the 
Company  by  Dealers  for  certain  direct  mail  services  the  Company  provides,  refunds  of  sales  taxes  paid  by 
obligors  under  the  Contracts,  and,  in  2005  $2.7  million  in  proceeds  from  sales  of  previously  charged  off 
Contracts  to  independent  third  parties.  The  recoveries  on  previously  charged  off  MFN  Contracts  relate  to 
Contracts that were acquired in the MFN acquisition. These recoveries totaled $4.9 million, $8.0 million and 
$12.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 

Earnings Per Share  

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share: 

Numerator:
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share……… $
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share
   - weighted average number of common shares
   outstanding during the year……………………...…...…….
Incremental common shares attributable to exercise
   of outstanding options and warrants…………………………….. $
Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share………………… $
Basic earnings (loss) per share………………….….…………..... $
Diluted earnings (loss) per share…………….………..………..... $

$

2003
2004
2005
(In thousands, except per share data)

3,372

$

(15,888)

$

395

21,627

21,111

20,263

1,886
23,513
0.16
0.14

$
$

-
21,111
(0.75)
(0.75)

$
$

1,315
21,578
0.02
0.02

Incremental shares of 1.1 million related to the conversion of subordinated debt have been excluded from the 
calculation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2003  because  the  impact  of  assumed  conversion  of  such 
subordinated debt is anti-dilutive. Incremental shares of 1.8 million shares related to stock options have been 
excluded from the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2004 because 
the impact is anti-dilutive. 

In  addition, options to purchase 639,000,  305,000 and 908,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  the years  ended 
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) 
per share because the option exercise price was greater than the average market price of the shares. 

Deferral and Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs  

Costs related to the issuance of debt are amortized using the interest method over the contractual or expected 
term of the related debt. 

F-16 

 
 
 
         
      
            
       
       
       
         
                 
         
       
       
       
           
          
           
           
          
           
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Income Taxes  

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and combined or stand-alone 
state franchise tax returns for certain states. The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting 
for  income  taxes,  under  which  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences 
attributable to the differences between the financial statement values of existing assets and liabilities and their 
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply 
to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the 
enactment  date.  The  Company  has  estimated  a  valuation  allowance  against  that  portion  of  the  deferred  tax 
asset whose utilization in future periods is not more than likely. 

Purchases of Company Stock  

The Company records purchases of its own common stock at cost. 

Stock Option Plan  

As  permitted  by  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation”  (“SFAS  No.  123”),  the  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans  in 
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” 
and  related  interpretations,  whereby  stock  options  are  recorded  at  intrinsic  value  equal  to  the  excess  of  the 
share price over the exercise price at the date of grant. The Company provides the pro forma net income (loss), 
pro  forma  earnings  (loss)  per  share,  and  stock  based  compensation  plan  disclosure  requirements  set  forth  in 
SFAS No. 123. The Company accounts for repriced options as variable awards. 

In December 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved accelerated vesting of all 
the outstanding stock options issued by the Company.  Options to purchase 2,113,998 shares of the Company’s 
common  stock,  which  would  otherwise  have  vested  from  time  to  time  through  2010,  became  immediately 
exercisable as a result of the acceleration of vesting.  The decision to accelerate the vesting of the options was 
made primarily to reduce non-cash compensation expenses that would have been recorded in the Company’s 
income statement in future periods upon the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 
123R  in  January  2006.    The  Company  estimates  that  approximately  $3.5  million  of  future  non-cash 
compensation expense will be eliminated as a result of the acceleration of vesting. 

At  the  time  of  the  acceleration  of  vesting,  the  Company  accounted  for  its  stock  options  in  accordance  with 
Accounting Principals Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.  Consequently, the 
acceleration of vesting resulted in non-cash compensation charge of $427,000 for the year ended December 31, 
2005. 

The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2005, 
2004 and 2003, was $3.07, $2.30, and $2.09, respectively, at the date of grant. That fair value was computed 
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected life (years)…………………………………...….
Risk-free interest rate…………………………………… .
Volatility………………………………………….……….
Expected dividend yield……………………………..…….

Year Ended December 31,
2004
6.50
4.48
54.65
-

%
%

%
%

2005
6.50
4.32
56.90
-

2003
7.63
4.16
100.82
-

%
%

F-17 

 
 
 
 
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
       
             
             
             
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Compensation cost has been recognized for certain stock options in the Consolidated Financial Statements in 
accordance  with  APB  Opinion  No.  25.  Had  the  Company  determined  compensation  cost  based  on  the  fair 
value  at  the  grant  date  for  its  stock  options  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123 
(“SFAS 123”), “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,” the Company’s net income (loss) and earnings 
(loss) per share would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated below. 

Year Ended December 31,

2005

2003
( In thousands, except per share data)

2004

Net income (loss)
   As reported……………………………………………. $
   Pro forma……………………………………………... $
Earnings (loss) per share - basic
   As reported…………………………………..…………$
   Pro forma…………………………………………..……$
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted
   As reported…………………………………………...…$
   Pro forma……………………………………………… $

3,372
(648)

0.16
(0.03)

$
$

$
$

(15,888)
(16,808)

(0.75)
(0.80)

$
$

$
$

0.14
(0.03)

$
$

(0.75)
(0.80)

$
$

395
175

0.02
0.01

0.02
0.01

Segment Reporting 

Operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis by a chief decision 
maker. Management has determined that the aggregation criteria of FASB Statement No. 131 have been met 
and  accordingly, all of the Company’s operations are aggregated in one reportable segment. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Statement No. 123(R) 
(As  Amended),  “Share-Based  Payment”  (“FAS  123(R)”  or  the  “Statement”).  FAS  123  (R)  and  related 
interpretations  require  that  the  compensation  cost  relating  to  share-based  payment  transactions,  including 
grants of employee stock options, be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based on 
the  fair  value  of  the  equity  or  liability  instruments  issued.  FAS  123(R)  permits  entities  to  use  any  option-
pricing model that meets the fair value objective in the Statement. Modifications of share-based payments will 
be treated as replacement awards with the cost of the incremental value recorded in the financial statements. 

The  Statement  is  effective  at  the  beginning  of  2006  and  will  therefore  be  effective  for  the  Company’s  first 
quarter of 2006. As of the effective date, the Company will apply the Statement using a modified version of 
prospective  application.  Under  that  transition  method,  compensation  cost  is  recognized  for  (1)  all  awards 
granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, cancelled, or repurchased after that date and 
(2) the portion of prior awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered, based on the grant-
date  fair  value  of  those  awards  calculated  for  pro  forma  disclosures  under  SFAS  123.  As  a  result  of  the 
acceleration of vesting on all options outstanding in December 2005 there will be no effect on the Company’s 
adoption of the statement in 2006 relating to such options currently outstanding.  

In February 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments”. 
This statement amends the guidance in FASB Statements No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and 
Hedging  Activities”,  and  No.  140,  “”Accounting  for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and 
Extinguishments of Liabilities”. Statement 155 allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to 
be accounted for as a whole (eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host) if the holder elects 
to  account  for  the  whole  instrument  on  a  fair  value  basis.  The  Statement  also  amends  Statement  140  to 
eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument 
that  pertains  to  a  beneficial  interest  other  than  another  derivative  financial  instrument.  Statement  155  is 

F-18 

 
         
      
            
           
      
            
           
          
           
          
          
           
           
          
           
          
          
           
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after January 1, 2007. The Company does not believe 
the adoption of this statement will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or operations.   

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United  States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of 
income and expenses during the reported periods. Specifically, a number of estimates were made in connection 
with  determining  an  appropriate  allowance  for  finance  credit  losses,  valuing  the  Residuals,  computing  the 
related gain on sale on the transactions that created the Residuals, and the recording of the deferred tax asset 
valuation  allowance.  These  are  material  estimates  that  could  be  susceptible  to  changes  in  the  near  term  and 
accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

 (2) Restricted Cash  

Restricted cash comprised the following components:  

December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

Securitization trust accounts……………………….… $
Litigation reserve……………………………….……..$
Note purchase facility reserve……………….……….…$
Other……………………………………………………$
Total restricted cash………………………………….. $

157,492
-
20
150
157,662

$

$

118,944
5,503
516
150
125,113

Certain  of  the  Company’s  operating  agreements  require  that  the  Company  establish  cash  reserves  for  the 
benefit of the other parties to the agreements, in case those parties are subject to any claims or exposure. In 
addition,  certain  of  these  agreements  require  that  the  Company  establish  amounts  in  reserve  related  to 
outstanding litigation. 

(3) Finance Receivables 

The following table presents the components of Finance Receivables, net of unearned interest: 

F-19 

 
 
 
     
     
                 
         
              
            
            
            
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Finance Receivables
  Automobile
    Simple Interest………………………………………………...………. $
    Pre-compute, net of unearned interest………………………………….

    Finance Receivables, net of unearned interest………………………….
    Less: Unearned acquisition fees and discounts……………………… .
    Finance Receivables……………………………………………………. $

December 31,
2005

December 31,
2004

(In thousands)

933,510
54,693

988,203
(16,899)
971,304

$

$

522,346
86,932

609,278
(16,472)
592,806

Finance receivables totaling $5.1 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, have 
been placed on non-accrual status as a result of their delinquency status. 

The following table presents a summary of the activity for the allowance for credit losses, for the years ended 
December 31, 2005 and 2004: 

Balance at beginning of year……………...……….……………………...…$
Addition to allowance for credit losses from acquisitions…………………$
Provision for credit losses………………………….………………..………$
Charge-offs………………………………….………………….…………. $
Recoveries…………………………………………………………...………$
Balance at end of year…….………………………………………...………$

2005

42,615
-
58,987
(55,978)
12,104
57,728

$

December 31,
2004
(In thousands)
$

2003

25,828
24,271
11,667
(32,117)
6,240
35,889

$

$

35,889
-
32,574
(34,636)
8,788
42,615

 (4) Residual Interest in Securitizations  

The  following  table  presents  the  components  of  the  residual  interest  in  securitizations  and  shown  at  their 
discounted amounts: 

Cash, commercial paper, United States government securities
   and other qualifying investments (Spread Accounts)…………………$
Receivables from Trusts (NIRs)…………………………………………$
Overcollateralization…………………………………………………..…$
Investment in subordinated certificates……………………………….…$

Residual interest in securitizations………………………………...…… $

December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

12,748
5,798
6,674
-

25,220

$
$
$
$

$

17,776
12,483
16,644
3,527

50,430

The  following  table  presents  the  estimated  remaining  undiscounted  credit  losses  included  in  the  fair  value 
estimate  of  the  Residuals  as  a  percentage  of  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated 
subsidiaries subject to recourse provisions: 

Undiscounted estimated credit losses……………………………………….$
Managed portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiary………………...… $
Undiscounted estimated credit losses as a percentage of managed
$
portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiary………………………….……$

F-20 

December 31,
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
$

$

23,588
233,621

2005

5,724
103,130

2003

47,935
425,534

5.55%

10.10%

11.30%

 
              
              
                
                
              
              
               
               
              
              
 
 
            
            
        
                     
                     
        
            
            
        
          
          
       
            
              
          
            
            
        
 
              
            
              
            
                     
              
            
            
            
            
 
          
        
        
      
      
      
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  key  economic  assumptions  used  in  measuring  the  residual  interest  in  securitizations  at  the  date  of 
securitization in 2003 are as follows: prepayment speed of 21.7%, net credit losses of 12.5%, and a discount 
rate of 14%. There were no securitizations accounted for as sales for financial accounting purposes in 2004 and 
2005. 

The key  economic  assumptions  used in measuring all  residual  interest  in  securitizations  as of December  31, 
2005 and 2004 are included in the table below. The pre-tax discount rate remained constant at 14%, except for 
certain cash flows from charged off receivables related to the Company’s securitizations from  2001 to 2003 
where the Company has used a discount rate of 25%. 

Prepayment speed (Cumulative)…………………………..………. 22.2% - 35.8%
Net credit losses (Cumulative)………………………….…………. 11.9% - 20.2%

2005

2004
20.0% - 30.5%
13.0% - 20.5%  

Static pool losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by 
the original balance of each pool of assets. 

Key  economic  assumptions  and  the  sensitivity  of  the  current  fair  value  of  residual  cash  flows  to  immediate 
10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows: 

December 31,
2005
(Dollars in thousands)

Carrying amount/fair value of residual interest in securitizations………… . $
Weighted average life in years…………………………………………….

.

25,220
2.24

Prepayment Speed Assumption (Cumulative)…………………………..
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………… . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………… .

.

Expected Net Credit Losses (Cumulative)……….………………………….
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………… . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………… .

Residual Cash Flows Discount Rate (Annual)…………………………..
Estimated fair value assuming 10% adverse change……………………… . $
Estimated fair value assuming 20% adverse change……………………… .

.

22.2% - 35.8%
25,168
25,119

11.9% - 20.2%
23,937
22,656

14.0% - 25.0%
24,636
24,071

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair 
value based on 10% and 20% percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the 
relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the 
effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without 
changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, 
increases in market rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which could magnify or 
counteract the sensitivities. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  cash  flows  received  from  (paid  to)  the  Company’s  unconsolidated 
securitization Trusts: 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Releases of cash from Spread Accounts………………. $
Servicing Fees received………………………………….
Net deposits to increase Credit Enhancement………….
Initial funding of Credit Enhancement………………….
Purchase of delinquent or foreclosed assets…………….
Repurchase of trust assets……………………………….

2003

2005

For the Year Ended December 31,
2004
(In thousands)
$
17,175
13,631
(2,106)
-
(44,473)
-

7,420
4,490
-
-
(22,682)
(9,658)

$

25,934
17,039
(20,867)
(18,736)
(45,747)
-

The following table presents the credit loss and delinquency performance for the serviced portfolio: 

Total Principal
Amount of Contracts
At December 31,

2005

2004

Principal Amount of 
Contracts 60 Days
or More Past Due
At December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

Net Credit Losses (1)
for the Year Ended
December 31,

2005

2004

Contracts held by 
  consolidated subsidiaries…...…….. $
Contracts held by 
 non-consolidated subsidiaries.………$
SeaWest Third Party Portfolio……..  $
Total managed portfolio………………$

1,000,597

$

619,794

$

25,864

$

17,379

$

36,511

$

26,418

103,130
18,018
1,121,745

$

233,621
53,463
906,878

$

4,263
1,663
31,790

$

10,037
5,065
32,481

$

14,184
7,386
58,081

$

36,042
18,018
80,478

(1) Includes recoveries on previously charged off MFN Contracts included in other income. 

(5) Furniture and Equipment  

The following table presents the components of furniture and equipment:  

December 31,

2005

2004

Furniture and fixtures…………………………….….. $
Computer equipment……………………………..….. $
Leasing assets………………………………..………. $
Leasehold improvements………………………….…. $
Other fixed assets………………………….…………. $

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization………$
$

$

(In thousands)
3,780
4,815
673
666
17
9,951
(8,872)
1,079

$

3,744
4,700
673
651
17
9,785
(8,218)
1,567

Depreciation expense totaled $654,000, $660,000 and $878,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 
and 2003, respectively. 

F-22 

 
         
       
       
         
       
       
 
                 
 
        
 
      
                 
                 
      
      
      
      
        
                 
                 
 
  
     
       
       
       
       
     
     
         
       
       
       
       
       
         
         
         
       
  
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
          
          
          
          
             
             
             
             
               
               
          
          
         
         
          
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(6) Restructuring Accruals 

MFN Merger 

In connection with the MFN Merger, the Company subsequently terminated the MFN origination activities and 
consolidated  certain  activities  of  MFN.  In  connection  therewith,  the  Company  recognized  certain  liabilities 
related  to  the  costs  to  exit  these  activities  and  terminate  the  affected  employees  of  MFN.  These  activities 
include  service  departments  such  as  accounting,  finance,  human  resources,  information  technology, 
administration,  payroll  and  executive  management.  Of  these  liabilities  recognized  at  the  merger  date  in  the 
amount of $6.2 million, only the accrual related to facility closures remained outstanding as of December 31, 
2005 and 2004 in the amounts of $545,000 and $1.2 million respectively.  

TFC Merger  

In connection with the TFC Merger, the Company consolidated certain activities of CPS and TFC. As a result 
of this consolidation, the Company recognized certain liabilities related to the costs to integrate and terminate 
affected employees of TFC. These activities include service departments such as accounting, finance, human 
resources,  information  technology,  administration,  payroll  and  executive  management.  The  total  liabilities 
recognized by the Company at the time of the merger were $4.5 million. These costs include the following: 

December 31,
2005(2)

Activity

December 31,
2004
(In thousands)

Activity

December 31,
2003

Severance Payments and
consulting contracts (1)……….………$
Facilities closures………………………$
Other obligations………………………$

    Total liabilities assumed……………$

109
345
-

454

$

$

309
477
-

786

$

$

$

418
822
-

1,240

$

1,908
409
234

2,551

$

$

2,326
1,231
234

3,791

_________________________ 
(1) For the period from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004 the activity resulting in a change of $1.9 million, includes 
charges against the liability of $621,000 and the reversal of $1.3 million of costs that the Company no longer expects to incur. 
The  $1.3  was  recorded  in  the  statement  of  income  as  a  reduction  of  operating  expenses  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2004. 
(2)  The  Company  believes  that  this  amount  provides  adequately  for  anticipated  remaining  costs  related  to  exiting  certain 
activities of TFC, and that amounts indicated above are reasonably allocated. 

F-23 

 
 
            
           
            
        
         
           
         
          
           
       
                 
                
                 
           
            
           
         
       
        
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(7) Securitization Trust Debt 

The Company has completed a number of securitization transactions that are structured as secured borrowings 
for  financial  accounting  purposes.  The  debt  issued  in  these  transactions  is  shown  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated balance sheets as “Securitization trust debt,” and the components of such debt are summarized in 
the following table: 

Series

MFN 2001-A
TFC 2002-1
TFC 2002-2
TFC 2003-1
CPS 2003-C
CPS 2003-D
CPS 2004-A
PCR 2004-1
CPS 2004-B
CPS 2004-C
CPS 2004-D
CPS 2005-A
CPS 2005-B
CPS 2005-C
CPS 2005-TFC
CPS 2005-D (2)

Final
Scheduled
Payment
Date (1)

Receivables
Pledged at
December 31,
2005

Outstanding
Principal at
December 31,
2005

Outstanding
Principal at
December 31,
2004

Initial
Principal

Weighted
Average
Interest Rate at
December 31,
2005

June 2007 $

August 2007
March 2008
January 2009
March 2010
October 2010
October 2010
March 2010
February 2011
April 2011
December 2011
October 2011
February 2012
May 2012
July 2012
July 2012

$

-
-
-
7,779
32,063
31,203
40,316
28,068
53,330
62,360
84,034
109,749
121,440
186,021
78,991
86,083

301,000 $
64,552
62,589
52,365
87,500
75,000
82,094
76,257
96,369
100,000
120,000
137,500
130,625
183,300
72,525
127,600

$

-
-
-
6,557
30,550
29,688
40,225
22,873
52,704
61,779
82,801
110,021
113,194
173,509
72,525
127,600

3,382
2,574
9,152
17,703
53,456
50,722
66,737
52,633
84,185
93,071
109,200
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

$

921,437 $

1,769,276 $

924,026 $

542,815

-
-
-
2.69%
3.57%
3.50%
3.62%
3.52%
4.17%
3.86%
4.44%
4.93%
4.16%
4.61%
5.72%
4.98%

_________________________ 

(1)  The Final Scheduled Payment Date represents final legal maturity of the securitization trust debt. Securitization trust 
debt is expected to become due and to be paid prior to those dates, based on amortization of the finance receivables 
pledged to the Trusts. Expected payments, which will depend on the performance of such receivables, as to which there 
can  be  no  assurance,  are  $328.7  million  in  2006,  $223.7  million  in  2007,  $160.5  million  in  2008,  $114.6  million  in 
2009, $75.1 million in 2010, and $21.4 million in 2011. 

(2)  Receivables Pledged at December 31, 2005 excludes approximately $58.0 million in Contracts delivered to the Trust in 

January 2006 pursuant to a pre-funding structure. 

All  of  the  securitization  trust  debt  was  issued  in  private  placement  transactions  to  qualified  institutional 
investors. The debt was issued through wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiaries of CPS, TFC or MFN, 
and is secured by the assets of such subsidiaries, but not by other assets of the Company. Principal and interest 
payments are guaranteed by financial guaranty insurance policies.  

The  terms  of  the  various  Securitization  Agreements  related  to  the  issuance  of  the  securitization  trust  debt 
require that certain delinquency and credit loss criteria be met with respect to the collateral pool, and require 
that  the  Company  maintain  minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceed  maximum  leverage 
levels and maximum financial losses. As a result of waivers and amendments to these covenants throughout 
2004 and 2005, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of December 31, 2005. Without 
the waivers and amendments obtained in the first quarter of 2005, the Company would have been in breach of 
covenants related to maintaining a minimum level of net worth and incurring a maximum financial loss as of 
December 31, 2004. 

F-24 

 
              
              
                    
              
              
                    
              
              
                    
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  Company  is  responsible  for  the  administration  and  collection  of  the  Contracts.  The  Securitization 
Agreements also require certain funds be held in restricted cash accounts to provide additional collateral for 
the borrowings or to be applied to make payments on the securitization trust debt. As of December 31, 2005, 
restricted  cash  under  the  various  agreements  totaled  approximately  $157.5  million.  Interest  expense  on  the 
securitization  trust  debt  is  composed  of  the  stated  rate  of  interest  plus  amortization  of  additional  costs  of 
borrowing.  Additional  costs  of  borrowing  include  facility  fees,  insurance  and  amortization  of  deferred 
financing costs. Deferred financing costs related to the securitization trust debt are amortized in proportion to 
the principal distributed to the noteholders. Accordingly, the effective cost of borrowing of the securitization 
trust debt is greater than the stated rate of interest. 

The wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiaries of CPS, MFN and TFC were formed to facilitate the above 
asset-backed financing transactions. Similar bankruptcy remote subsidiaries issue the debt outstanding under 
the Company’s warehouse lines of credit. Bankruptcy remote refers to a legal structure in which it is expected 
that the applicable entity would not be included in any bankruptcy filing by its parent or affiliates. All of the 
assets of these subsidiaries have been pledged as collateral for the related debt. All such transactions, treated as 
secured financings for accounting and tax purposes, are treated as sales for all other purposes, including legal 
and  bankruptcy  purposes.  None  of  the assets  of these  subsidiaries  are  available to  pay  other creditors  of  the 
Company or its affiliates. 

(8) Debt 

The  terms  of  the  Company’s  significant  debt  outstanding  at  December  31,  2005  and  2004  are  summarized 
below: 

F-25 

 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

Residual interest financing

Notes secured by the Company’s residual interests in its securitizations.  The notes 
outstanding at December 31, 2004 were secured by eight securitization transactions 
and bore interest at 10.0% per annum.   The notes outstanding at December 31, 2005 
are secured by ten securitizations and bear interest at a blended interest rate of 8.36% 
per annum.  In each period, the securitizations pledged include both sale transactions 
and secured financing transactions.  The notes are non-recourse obligations of the 
Company with interest and principal to be paid solely from the cash distributions on 
the retained interests securing the notes.  The notes outstanding at December 31, 2004 
were issued in March 2004 with issuance costs of $1.3 million and were repaid in full 
in August 2005.  The notes outstanding at December 31, 2005 were issued in 
November 2005 with issuance costs of $915,000 and have a final maturity of July 
2011.   

Senior secured debt, related party

Notes payable to Levine Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P. (“LLCP”).  The notes 
consists of separate term notes that each bear interest at 11.75% per annum, require 
monthly interest payments and are due on various dates through December 2006, after 
having been amended from higher rates and earlier maturities.  The Company incurred 
issuance and amendment fees aggregating $1.3 million in relation to these notes.  The 
notes are secured by all assets of the Company that are not pledged to securitization 
debt, and are the last in a series of borrowings from LLCP that have taken place since 
November 1998, which have also included the issuances to LLCP of warrants to 
purchase the Company’s common stock.  As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, a 
warrant to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock at $0.01 per share remained 
outstanding which expire in April 2009.

$      

43,745

$      

22,204

Subordinated debt

Notes bearing interest at 12.50% per annum and 12.00% per annum at December 31, 
2005 and 2004 respectively.  The Company incurred issuance costs of $1.1 million 
when the notes were issued in December 1995. The $14.0 million outstanding was 
repaid on its maturity date in January 2006.

$      

14,000

$      

15,000

$      

40,000

$      

59,829

Renewable subordinated notes
Notes bearing interest ranging from 5.60% to 11.15%, with a weighted average rate of 
8.53%, and with maturities from January 2006 to November 2015 with a weighted 
maturity of January 2008.  The Company began issuing the notes in June 2005 and 
incurred issuance costs of $250,000.  Payments may be required monthly, quarterly, 
annually or upon maturity based on the terms of the individual notes.

$        

4,655

$                
-

$    

102,400

$      

97,033

F-26 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  costs  incurred  in  conjunction  with  the  above  debt  are  recorded  as  deferred  financing  costs  on  the 
accompanying balance sheets and is more fully described in Note 1. 

The  Company  must  comply  with  certain  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  related  to  debt  facilities,  which 
require, among other things, that the Company maintain certain financial ratios related to liquidity, net worth 
and capitalization. Further covenants include matters relating to investments, acquisitions, restricted payments 
and certain dividend restrictions.  

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity amounts of debt as of December 31, 2005:  

Contractual 
maturity date
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
Thereafter

Residual 
interest 
financing (1)
17,986
$             
14,435
7,644
3,680
-
-
43,745

$             

Senior secured 
debt
$             

Subordinated 
debt
$             

Renewable 
subordinated 
notes
$               

Total

$             

40,000
-
-
-
-
-
40,000

14,000
-
-
-
-
-
14,000

1,643
909
1,562
171
279
91
4,655

73,629
15,344
9,206
3,851
279
91
102,400

$             

$             

$               

$           

___________________ 
(1) The Contractual maturity date for the Residual interest financing is July 2011.  The notes are expected to be paid prior to that 
date, based on the amortization of the related securitizations.  Since the amortization of the related securitizations is based on the 
performance of the underlying finance receivables, there can be no assurance as to the exact timing of payments. 

 (9) Shareholders’ Equity  

Common Stock  

Holders of common stock are entitled to such dividends as the Company’s Board of Directors, in its discretion, 
may declare out of funds available, subject to the terms of any outstanding shares of preferred stock and other 
restrictions. In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro 
rata, all of the assets of the Company available for distribution, after payment of any liquidation preference to 
the  holders  of  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock.  Holders  of  the  shares  of  common  stock  have  no 
conversion or preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions 
applicable to the common stock. 

The Company is required to comply with various operating and financial covenants defined in the agreements 
governing the warehouse lines of credit, senior debt, and subordinated debt. The covenants restrict the payment 
of certain distributions, including dividends (See Note 8.). 

Included in  common  stock  at  December  31, 2003,  is additional  paid  in capital of $1.6  million related to  the 
valuation of certain stock options as required by Financial Interpretation No. 44 (“FIN 44”) or the valuation of 
conditionally  granted  options  as  required  under  Accounting  Principals  Board  Opinion  No.  25  (“APB  25”). 
Included  in  compensation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  is  $644,000, 
$271,000 and $1.1 million related to the amortization of deferred compensation expense and valuation of stock 
options. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
               
                    
                    
                    
               
                 
                    
                    
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                      
                      
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Stock Purchases  

During  2000,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  Company  to  purchase  up  to  $5  million  of 
Company  securities.  In  October  2002,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  purchase  of  an  additional  $5 
million  of  outstanding  debt  or  equity  securities.  In  October  2004,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the 
purchase of an additional $5.0 million of outstanding debt or equity securities. As of December 31, 2005, the 
Company  had  purchased  $5.0  million  in  principal  amount  of  the  debt  securities,  and  $5.0  million  of  its 
common stock, representing 2,365,695 shares. 

Options and Warrants  

In  1991,  the  Company  adopted  and  its  sole  shareholder  approved  the  1991  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “1991 
Plan”)  pursuant  to  which  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  may  grant  stock  options  to  officers  and  key 
employees.  The  Plan,  as  amended,  authorizes  grants  of  options  to  purchase  up  to  2,700,000  shares  of 
authorized but unissued common stock. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s 
fair market value at the date of grant. Stock options have terms that range from 7 to 10 years and vest over a 
range  of  0  to  7  years.  In  addition  to  the  1991  Plan,  in  fiscal  1995,  the  Company  granted  60,000  options  to 
certain directors of the Company that vest over three years and expire nine years from the grant date. The Plan 
terminated in December 2001, without affecting the validity of the outstanding options. 

In  July  1997,  the  Company  adopted  and  its  shareholders  approved  the  1997  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the 
“1997 Plan”) pursuant to which the Company’s Board of Directors may grant stock options, restricted stock 
and  stock  appreciation  rights  to  employees,  directors  or  employees  of  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  a 
controlling  or  significant  equity  interest.  Options  that  have  been  granted  under  the  1997  Plan  have  been 
granted at an exercise price equal to (or greater than) the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant, with 
terms of 10 years and vesting generally over 5 years. In 2001, the shareholders of the Company approved an 
amendment  to  the  1997  Plan  providing  that  an  aggregate  maximum  of  3,400,000  shares  of  the  Company’s 
common  shares  may  be  subject  to  awards  under  the  1997  Plan.  In  2003,  the  shareholders  of  the  Company 
approved an amendment  to the  1997  Plan  to  further  increase  the aggregate  maximum  number  of  shares  that 
may be granted within the Plan to 4,900,000 shares. A further increase to 6,900,000 shares in the aggregate 
maximum number of shares that may be granted was approved by the shareholders in 2004. 

In  October  1998,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  plan  to  cancel  and  reissue  certain  stock 
options previously granted to key employees of the Company. All options granted prior to October 22, 1998, 
with  an  option  price  greater  than  $3.25  per  share,  were  repriced  to  $3.25  per  share.  In  conjunction  with  the 
repricing, a one-year period of non-exercisability was placed on all repriced options, which period ended on 
October 21, 1999. 

In  October  1999,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  plan  to  cancel  and  reissue  certain  stock 
options previously granted to key employees of the Company. All options granted prior to October 29, 1999, 
with an option price greater than $0.625 per share, were repriced to $0.625 per share. In conjunction with the 
repricing, a six-month period of non-exercisability was placed on all repriced options, which period ended on 
April 29, 2000. 

At December 31, 2005, there were a total of 165,261 additional shares available for grant under the 1997 Plan 
and the 1991 Plan. Of the options outstanding at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, 4,863,654, 1,611,182, 
and 1,168,042, respectively, were then exercisable, with weighted-average exercise prices of $3.38, $2.25, and 
$1.71, respectively.  

F-28 

 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:  

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Balance at December 31, 2002……………………….
   Granted………………………………………………
   Exercised……………………………………………
   Canceled…………………………………………….
Balance at December 31, 2003……………………….
   Granted………………………………………………
   Exercised……………………………………………
   Canceled…………………………………………….
Balance at December 31, 2004……………………….
   Granted………………………………………………
   Exercised……………………………………………
   Canceled…………………………………………….
Balance at December 31, 2005……………………….

$

(In thousands, except per share data)
1.64
2.46
0.93
1.69
1.96
3.96
1.23
2.29
2.52
5.39
2.08
3.17
3.38

4,032
1,013
609
564
3,872
958
575
173
4,082
1,451
415
254
4,864

$

The  per  share  weighted  average  fair  value  of  stock  options  granted  whose  exercise  price  was  equal  to  the 
market price of the stock on the grant date during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, was 
$2.77, $2.30, and $2.09, respectively.  

The per share weighted average fair value and exercise price of stock options granted whose exercise price was 
above the market price of the stock on the grant date during the year ended December 31, 2005 was $3.61 and 
$6.00, respectively. The Company did not issue any stock options above the market price of the stock during 
the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.  

The Company did not issue any stock options below the market price of the stock on the grant date. 

During 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a program whereby officers of the Company would 
be loaned amounts sufficient to enable them to exercise certain of their outstanding options. See Note 13. 

At  December  31,  2005,  the  range  of  exercise  prices,  the  number,  weighted-average  exercise  price  and 
weighted-average  remaining  term  of  options  outstanding  and  the  number  and  weighted-average  price  of 
options currently exercisable are as follows: 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices
(per share)

Number
Outstanding

$0.63 - $1.50……………….. .
$1.51 - $2.50………………. .
$2.51 - $4.00………………. .
$4.01 - $5.04……………….. .
$5.05 - $6.10………………. .

858
1,092
1,225
1,035
654

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Term (Years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
(In thousands, except per share data)

Number
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

6.43
5.61
8.00
8.53
9.90

$                

1.47
1.93
3.46
4.74
5.99

858
1,092
1,225
1,035
654

$                

1.47
1.93
3.46
4.74
5.99

On November 17, 1998, in conjunction with the issuance of a $25.0 million subordinated promissory note to 
an  affiliate  of  LLCP,  the  Company  issued  warrants  to  purchase  up  to  3,450,000  shares  of  common  stock  at 
$3.00 per share, exercisable through November 30, 2005. In April 1999, in conjunction with the issuance of 
$5.0  million  of  an  additional  subordinated  promissory  note  to  an  affiliate  of  LLCP,  the  Company  issued 

F-29 

 
                   
                  
                   
                  
                      
                  
                      
                  
                   
                  
                      
                  
                      
                  
                      
                  
                   
                  
                   
                  
                      
                  
                      
                  
                   
                  
 
 
                   
                  
                   
                
                  
                  
                
                  
                
                  
                  
                
                  
                
                  
                  
                
                  
                   
                  
                  
                   
                  
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

additional warrants to purchase 1,335,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.01 per share to LLCP. 
As part of the purchase agreement, the existing warrants to purchase 3,450,000 shares at $3.00 per share were 
exchanged for warrants to purchase 3,115,000 shares at a price of $0.01 per share. The aggregate value of the 
warrants,  $12.9  million,  which  is  comprised  of  $3.0  million  from  the  original  warrants  issued  in  November 
1998 and $9.9 million from the repricing and additional warrants issued in April 1999, is reported as deferred 
interest expense to be amortized over the expected life of the related debt, five years. As of December 31, 2005 
and 2004, 1,000 warrants remained unexercised which expire in April 2009. Such warrants, and the 4,449,000 
shares  of  common  stock  have,  upon  the  exercise  of  such  warrants,  not  been  registered  for  public  sale. 
However, the holder has the right to require the Company register the warrants and common stock for public 
sale in the future. 

Also  in  November  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with  the  Note  Insurer  of  its  asset-backed 
securities.  The  agreement  committed  the  Note  Insurer  to  provide  insurance  for  the  securitization  of  $560.0 
million  in  asset-backed  securities,  of  which  $250.0  million  remained  at  December  31,  1998.  The  agreement 
provides  for  a  3%  initial  Spread  Account  deposit.  As  consideration  for  the  agreement,  the  Company  issued 
warrants  to  purchase  up  to  2,525,114  shares  of  common  stock  at  $3.00  per  share,  subject  to  anti-dilution 
adjustments.  The  warrants  were  fully  exercisable  on  the  date  of  grant  and  expired  in  December  2003.  In 
November 2003, the Company purchased the warrants from the Note Insurer for $896,415. 

The Company on August 4, 2005, issued six-year warrants with respect to 272,000 shares of its common stock, 
in a transaction exempted from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 as a transaction not 
involving a public offering. The warrants are exercisable at $4.85 per share, and were issued to the lender’s 
nominee in settlement of a claim against the Company that arose out of a loan of $500,000 made in September 
1998. The Company and the claimant dispute whether the loan was to the Company or to Stanwich Financial 
Services  Corp.  (“Stanwich”).  The  Company  received  in  exchange  for  the  warrants  an  assignment  of  the 
lender’s  claim  in  bankruptcy  against  Stanwich,  as  well  as  a  release  of  all  claims  against  the  Company.  The 
Company estimated the value of the warrants to be $794,000 using a Black-Scholes model, assuming a risk-
free interest rate of 3.41%, a six year life and stock price volatility of 63%.  The Company included the value 
of the warrant, net of a previously recorded accrual of $500,000, in general & administrative expense for the 
year ended December 31, 2005.   

(10) Net Gain on Sale of Contracts 

The following table presents the components of the net gain on sale of Contracts: 

Gain recognized on sale of Contracts……….………$
…$
Deferred acquisition fees and discounts…………
Expenses related to sales……………………………$
Provision for credit losses………………………...…$
Net gain on sale of Contracts……………………..…$

Year Ended
December 31,
2003
(In thousands)
8,4
33
4,590
(2,076)
(526)
10,421

No gain on sale was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 due to the decision in July 2003 
to structure future securitizations as secured financings, rather than as sales. 

(11) Interest Income 

F-30 

 
 
              
              
            
               
            
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents the components of interest income:  

Interest on Finance Receivables……………………...………… $
Residual interest income …………………….……………….…$
Other interest income……………..…………………..……….. $
Net interest income………………..…………………….………$

2005

Year Ended December 31,
2004
(In thousands)
$
99,701
4,634
1,483
105,818

$

$

$

163,552
5,338
2,944
171,834

2003

40,380
16,178
1,606
58,164

As a result of the uncertainty of collection of the residual assets, the Company ceased accruing interest on 
the  residual  assets  from  May  2004  through  December  2004.    In  January  2005,  the  Company  resumed 
accretion  of  interest  on  the  residual  assets  after  it  determined  that  there  was  no  longer  any  significant 
uncertainty as to the collection of the assets. 

(12) Income Taxes 

Income taxes consist of the following:  

Current:
   Federal………………………………………………$
   State…………………………………………..……$

Deferred:
   Federal……………………………………………. $
   State……………………………………………...…$
   Change in valuation allowance…………………… $

2005

Year Ended December 31,
2004
(In thousands)

2003

$

5,340
1,687

7,027

$

712
862

1,574

(3,537)
(2,114)
(1,376)
(7,027)

(5,859)
(2,282)
6,567
(1,574)

2,781
356

3,137

(25,345)
(4,141)
22,915
(6,571)

          Income tax benefit…………………………… $

-

$

-

$

(3,434)

The Company’s effective tax expense/(benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, differs 
from the amount determined by applying the statutory federal rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes 
as follows: 

Expense (benefit) at federal tax rate…………………$
State franchise tax, net of federal income
   tax benefit…………………………………………$
Other…………………………………………………$
Debt Forgiveness………………………………..… $
Valuation allowance………………………………. $
$

2005

Year Ended December 31,
2004
(In thousands)
$
(5,561)

$

1,180

(277)
473
-
(1,376)
-

$

(1,015)
9
-
6,567
-

$

2003

(1,064)

(2,460)
92
(22,917)
22,915
(3,434)

The  tax  effected  cumulative  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  as  of 
December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows: 

F-31 

 
       
         
         
           
           
         
           
           
           
       
       
         
 
           
              
           
           
              
              
           
           
           
          
          
        
          
          
          
          
           
         
          
          
          
                   
                   
          
 
 
           
          
          
             
          
          
              
                  
                
                   
                   
        
          
           
         
                   
                   
          
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Deferred Tax Assets:
Finance receivables…………………………………… $
Provision for loan loss…………………………………$
Accrued liabilities…………………………………….…$
Furniture and equipment……………………………… $
Equity investment……………………………………..…$
NOL carryforwards and BILs………………………...…$
Minimum tax credit…………………………………… $
Pension Accrual……………………………………...…$
Other……………………………………………...…… $
   Total deferred tax assets………………………….……$
Valuation allowance……………………………………$
$

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
$
NIRs…………………………………………………..…$
Provision for loan loss……………………………….…$
   Total deferred tax liabilities……………………..……$
$
   Net deferred tax asset……………….…………………$

December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

$

21,493
961
3,141
189
-
24,137
-
1,313
1,830
53,064
(43,724)
9,340

(1,808)
-
(1,808)

18,090
-
5,751
1,016
82
27,702
697
801
831
54,970
(45,100)
9,870

(1,407)
(8,463)
(9,870)

7,532

$

-

As part of the MFN Merger, CPS acquired certain net operating losses and built-in loss assets. Moreover, MFN 
has undergone an ownership change for purposes of Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) section 382. In general, 
IRC section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the ability of a loss corporation (i.e., a corporation with a net 
operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, credit carryforward, or certain built-in losses (“BILs”)) to utilize its pre-
change NOL carryforwards or BILs to offset taxable income arising after an ownership change. During 1999, 
MFN  recorded  an  extraordinary  gain  from  the  discharge  of  indebtedness  related  to  the  emergence  from 
Bankruptcy. This gain was not taxable under IRC section 108. In accordance with the rules under IRC section 
108,  MFN  has  reduced  certain  tax  attributes  including  unused  net  operating  losses  and  tax  basis  in  certain 
MFN  assets.  Deferred  taxes  have  been  provided  for  the  estimated  tax  effect  of  the  future  reversing  timing 
differences  related  to  the  discharge  of  indebtedness  gain  as  reduced  by  the  tax  attributes.  Additionally,  the 
Company has established a valuation allowance of $31.0 million against MFN’s deferred tax assets, as it is not 
more than likely that these amounts will be realized in the future.  

As  part  of  the  TFC  Merger,  CPS  acquired  certain  built  in  loss  assets.  Moreover,  TFC  has  undergone  an 
ownership  change  for  purposes  of  Internal  Revenue  Code  (“IRC”)  section  382.  In  general,  IRC  section  382 
imposes an annual limitation on the ability of a loss corporation (i.e., a corporation with a net operating loss 
(“NOL”) carryforward, credit carryforward, or certain built-in losses (“BILs”)) to utilize its pre-change NOL 
carryforwards or BILs to offset taxable income arising after an ownership change. Additionally, the Company 
has established a valuation allowance of $10.0 million against TFC’s deferred tax assets, as it is not more than 
likely that these amounts will be realized in the future.  

In determining the possible future realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers the taxes paid in 
the  current  and  prior  years  that  may  be  available  to  recapture  as  well  as  future  taxable  income  from  the 
following sources: (a) reversal of taxable temporary differences, (b) future operations exclusive of reversing 
temporary differences, and (c) tax planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate 
taxable income into years in which net operating losses might otherwise expire. 

As of December 31, 2005, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax 
purposes of $10.2 million (all of which is subject to IRC 382 limitations) and $4.2 million, respectively, which 

F-32 

 
        
        
             
                  
          
          
             
          
                  
               
        
        
                  
             
          
             
          
             
        
        
       
       
          
          
         
         
                  
         
         
         
          
                  
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

are available to offset future taxable income, if any, subject to IRC section 382 limitations, through 2021 and 
2012-2013, respectively.  

The statute of limitations on certain of the Company’s tax returns are open and the returns could be audited by 
the  various  tax  authorities.    From  time  to  time,  there  may  be  differences  in  opinions  with  respect  to  the  tax 
treatment  accorded  to  certain  transactions.    When,  and  if,  such  differences  occur  and  become  probable  and 
estimable, such amounts will be recognized.  

(13) Related Party Transactions  

CPS Leasing, Inc. Related Party Direct Lease Receivables 

Included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet are direct lease receivables due to CPS 
Leasing, Inc. from related parties, primarily companies affiliated with the Company’s former Chairman of the 
Board  of  Directors.  Such  related  party  direct  lease  receivables  net  of  a  valuation  allowance  totaled 
approximately $552,000 and $1.8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. 

Loans to Officers to Exercise Certain Stock Options 

During  2002,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  program  under  which  officers  of  the  Company 
would  be  advanced  amounts  sufficient  to  enable  them  to  exercise  certain  of  their  outstanding  options.  Such 
loans were available for a limited period of time, and available only to exercise previously repriced options. 
The loans bear interest at a rate of 5.50% per annum, and are due in 2007. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, 
there  was  $434,000  and  $454,000,  respectively  outstanding  related  to  these  loans.  Such  amounts  have  been 
recorded  as  contra-equity  within  common  stock  in  the  Shareholders’  Equity  section  of  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

(14) Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

The  Company  leases  its  facilities  and  certain  computer  equipment  under  non-cancelable  operating  leases, 
which expire through 2010. Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2005, under these leases are due 
during the years ended December 31 as follows: 

2006…………………………………………………………………...…………$
2007………………………………………………………………….…………$
2008……………………………………………………………..…………….. $
2009……………………………………………………………………….
2010…………………………………...……………………….……………… $

Amount
(In thousands)
4,353
3,781
2,407
341
203

Total minimum lease payments………………………………….………………$

11,085

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, was $3.4million, $3.5 million, and $3.9 
million, respectively.  

F-33 

 
 
 
 
              
              
              
                 
                 
            
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  Company’s  facility  lease  contains  certain  rental  concessions  and  escalating  rental  payments,  which  are 
recognized  as  adjustments  to  rental  expense  and  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the 
lease. 

During  2005,  2004  and  2003,  the  Company  received  $482,000,  $385,000  and  $170,000,  respectively,  of 
sublease  income,  which  is  included  in  occupancy  expense.  Future  minimum  sublease  payments  totaled 
$507,000 at December 31, 2005. 

Litigation 

Stanwich Litigation. CPS was for sometime a defendant in a class action (the “Stanwich Case”) brought in the 
California  Superior  Court,  Los  Angeles  County.  The  original  plaintiffs  in  that  case  were  persons  entitled  to 
receive regular payments (the “Settlement Payments”) under out-of-court settlements reached with third party 
defendants. Stanwich Financial Services Corp. (“Stanwich”), an affiliate of the former chairman of the board 
of directors of CPS, is the entity that was obligated to pay the Settlement Payments. Stanwich has defaulted on 
its payment obligations to the plaintiffs and in June 2001 filed for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code, 
in the federal Bankruptcy Court of Connecticut. At December 31, 2004, CPS was a defendant only in a cross-
claim brought by one of the other defendants in the case, Bankers Trust Company, which asserted a claim of 
contractual indemnity against CPS. 

CPS subsequently settled the cross-claim of Bankers Trust by payment of $3.24 million, on or about February 
8, 2005. Pursuant to that settlement, the court has dismissed the cross-claim, with prejudice. The amount paid 
by the Company was accrued for and included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company’s 
balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. 

In  November  2001,  one  of  the  defendants  in  the  Stanwich  Case,  Jonathan  Pardee,  asserted  claims  for 
indemnity against the Company in a separate action, which is now pending in federal district court in Rhode 
Island.  The  Company  has  filed  counterclaims  in  the  Rhode  Island  federal  court  against  Mr.  Pardee,  and  has 
filed a separate action against Mr. Pardee's Rhode Island attorneys, in the same court. The action of Mr. Pardee 
against CPS is stayed, awaiting resolution of an adversary action brought against Mr. Pardee in the bankruptcy 
court, which is hearing the bankruptcy of Stanwich. 

The reader should consider that any adverse judgment against CPS in the Stanwich Case (or the related case in 
Rhode  Island)  for  indemnification,  in  an  amount  materially  in  excess  of  any  liability  already  recorded  in 
respect thereof, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.  

Other  Litigation.  On  June  2,  2004,  Delmar  Coleman  filed  a  lawsuit  in  the  circuit  court  of  Tuscaloosa, 
Alabama,  ,  alleging  that  plaintiff  Coleman  was  harmed  by  an  alleged  failure  to  refer,  in  the  notice 
given  after  repossession  of  his  vehicle,  to  the  right  to  purchase  the  vehicle  by  tender  of  the  full 
amount owed under the retail installment contract. Plaintiff seeks damages in an unspecified amount, on 
behalf of a purported nationwide class. CPS removed the case to federal bankruptcy court, and filed a motion 
for  summary  judgment  as  part  of  its  adversary  proceeding  against  the  plaintiff  in  the  bankruptcy  court.  The 
federal bankruptcy court granted the plaintiff’s motion to send the matter back to Alabama state court. CPS has 
appealed the ruling. Although CPS believes that it has one or more defenses to each of the claims made in this 
lawsuit, no discovery has yet been conducted and the case is still in its earliest stages. Accordingly, there can 
be no assurance as to its outcome.  

In June 2004, Plaintiff Jeremy Henry filed a lawsuit against the Company in the California Superior Court, San 
Diego County, alleging improper practices related to the notice given after repossession of a vehicle that he 
purchased.  Plaintiff’s motion for a certification of a class has been denied, and is the subject of an appeal now 
before the California Court of Appeal. Irrespective of the outcome of that appeal, as to which there can be no 

F-34 

 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

assurance, the Company has a number of defenses that may be asserted with respect to the claims of plaintiff 
Henry. 

In  August  and  September  2005,  two  plaintiffs  represented  by  the  same  law  firm  filed  substantially  identical 
lawsuits in the federal district court for the northern district of Illinois, each of which purports to be a class 
action, and each of which alleges that CPS improperly accessed consumer credit information. CPS has reached 
agreements in principle to settle these cases, which await confirmation by the court. 

The  Company  has  recorded  a  liability  as  of  December  31,  2005  that  it  believes  represents  a  sufficient 
allowance for legal contingencies. Any adverse judgment against the Company, if in an amount materially in 
excess of the recorded liability, could have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company. 
The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  matters  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Management 
believes  that  any  liability  as  a  result  of  those  matters  would  not  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s 
financial position, Results of Operations or Cash Flows. 

(15) Employee Benefits  

The  Company  sponsors  a  pretax  savings  and  profit  sharing  plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”)  qualified  under  section 
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees are able to contribute up to 
15% of their compensation (subject to stricter limitation in the case of highly compensated employees). The 
Company  may,  at  its  discretion,  match  100%  of  employees’  contributions  up  to  $1,000  per  employee  per 
calendar  year.  The  Company’s  contributions  to  the  401(k)  Plan  were  $439,000  and  $409,000  for  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  respectively.  The  Company  did  not  make  a  matching  contribution  in 
2003.  

The Company also sponsors the MFN Financial Corporation Pension Plan (“the Plan”). The Plan benefits were 
frozen June 30, 2001. The following table sets forth the plan’s benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, and 
funded status at December 31, 2005 and 2004: 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year………………………………….………………… $
Service cost………………………………………………………………………………………… $
Interest cost………………………………………………………………………………………… $
Actuarial (gain) loss……………………………………………………………….…………………$
Benefits paid……………………………………………………………………………………..… $
   Projected benefit obligation, end of year………………………………………………………… $

December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

13,683
-
845
1,867
(596)
15,799

$

$

15,023
-
821
(1,616)
(545)
13,683

The accumulated benefit obligation for the plan was $15.8 million and $13.7 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, 
respectively. 
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year…………………………………………………………$
Return on assets………………………………………………………………………………………$
Employer contribution………………………………………………………………………..………$
Expenses………………………………………………………………………..………………….. $
Benefits paid…………………………………………………………………………………………$
   Fair value of plan assets, end of year…..………………………………………………………...…$

13,287
973
207
(59)
(596)
13,812

$

$

11,253
1,483
1,149
(53)
(545)
13,287

F-35 

 
 
        
        
                  
                  
             
             
          
         
            
            
        
        
 
        
        
             
          
             
          
              
              
            
            
        
      
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

December 31,

2005

2004

(In thousands)

Reconciliation of funded status of the plan and net amount recognized
Funded status of the plan………………………………………………………………………..…$
Unrecognized loss…………………………………………………………………………...………$
Unrecognized transition asset………………………………………………………………………$
Unrecognized prior service cost…………………………………………………….………………$
   Net amount recognized……………..…..……………………………………………………...…$

(1,987)
4,071
(11)
-
2,073

$

$

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and cost at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as 
follows:  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Discount rate……………………………………………………………………………………… .
Rate of compensation increase…………………………………………………………………..….

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate……………………………………………………………………………………… .
Expected return on plan assets……………………………………………………………...……….
Rate of compensation increase…………………………………………………………………..….

5.50%
N/A

5.50%
8.50%
N/A

The Company’s overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is 8.50% per annum as of December 31, 2005. The 
expected long-term rate of return is based on the weighted average of historical returns on individual asset categories, 
which are described in more detail below. 

Amounts recognized on Consolidated Balance Sheet
Prepaid benefit cost…………………………………………………………………………………$
Accrued benefit liability………………..……………………………………………………...……$
Intangible asset…………………………………………………………………………………...…$
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, pretax…….………………………………………………$
   Net amount recognized……………………………………………………………………………$

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost…………………………………………………….……………………….……………$
Interest Cost………………………………………………………………………..…………………$
Expected return on assets…………………………………………………………...……………… $
Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation………………………………..………………………$
Amortization of prior service cost……………………………………………………..…………… $
Recognized net actuarial loss...…………………………………………………………………….. $
   Net periodic benefit cost..……………..…..……………………………….……….………………$

Unfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligation at Year-End
Projected Benefit Obligation…………………………………………………………………...……$
Accumulated Benefit Obligation…………………………………………………………………... $
Fair Value of Plan Assets…………………………………………………………………..……… $

$

$

$

$

$

-
(1,987)
-
4,060
2,073

-
845
(1,104)
(35)
-
48
(246)

15,799
15,799
13,812

(396)
2,062
(46)
-
1,620

6.25%
N/A

6.25%
9.00%
N/A

-
(396)
-
2,016
1,620

-
821
(1,041)
(35)
-
69
(186)

13,683
13,683
13,288

The weighted average asset allocation of the Company’s pension benefits at December 31, 2005 and 
2004 were as follows:  

Weighted Average Asset Allocation at Year-End

Asset Category
Domestic equity funds……………………………………………………………………...……$
International equity funds……………………………………………………….………………$
Domestic fixed income funds……………………………………………………………………$
Other……………………………………………………………………………………………$
   Total……………………………………………………………………………………………$

61.9%
13.1%
25.0%
0.0%
100.0%

60.9%
11.9%
27.1%
0.1%
100.0%

F-36 

 
         
            
          
          
              
              
                  
                  
          
        
 
 
 
                  
                  
         
            
                  
                  
          
          
          
        
                  
                  
             
             
         
         
              
              
                  
                  
               
               
            
          
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Cash Flows

Expected Benefit Payouts
2006………………………………………………………………………………………...……$
2007…………………………………………………………………………………………… $
2008………………………………………………………………………………...……………$
2009…………………………………………………………………………………………… $
2010…………………………………………………………………………...…………………$
Years 2011 - 2015…………………………………………………………………………..… $

Anticipated Contributions in 2006……………………………………………..………………$

476
511
570
574
593
3,859

-

The  Company’s  investment  policies  and  strategies  for  the  pension  benefits plan utilize  a  target  allocation  of 
70%  equity  securities  and  30%  fixed  income  securities.  The  Company’s  investment  goals  are  to  maximize 
returns  subject  to  specific  risk  management  policies.  The  Company  addresses  risk  management  and 
diversification  by  the  use  of  a  professional  investment  advisor  and  several  sub-advisors  which  invest  in 
domestic and international equity securities and domestic fixed income securities. Each sub-advisor focuses its 
investments within a specific sector of the equity or fixed income market. For the sub-advisors focused on the 
equity  markets,  the  sectors  are  differentiated  by  the  market  capitalization  and  the  relative  valuation  of  the 
underlying issuer. For the sub-advisors focused on the fixed income markets, the sectors are differentiated by 
the credit quality and the maturity of the underlying fixed income investment. The investments made by the 
sub-advisors  are  readily  marketable  and  can  be  sold  to  fund  benefit  payment  obligations  as  they  become 
payable. 

(16) Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The following summary presents a description of the methodologies and assumptions used to estimate the fair 
value of the Company’s financial instruments. Much of the information used to determine fair value is highly 
subjective. When applicable, readily available market information has been utilized. However, for a significant 
portion  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments,  active  markets  do  not  exist.  Therefore,  considerable 
judgments were required in estimating fair value for certain items. The subjective factors include, among other 
things, the estimated timing and amount of cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and interest rates, all 
of  which  are  subject  to  change.  Since  the  fair  value  is  estimated  as  of  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  the 
amounts that will actually be realized or paid at settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly 
different. The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2004, were as 
follows: 

F-37 

 
             
             
             
             
             
          
                  
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Financial Instrument

Cash and cash equivalents………………………$
Restricted cash and cash equivalents……………$
Finance receivables, net…………………….… $
Residual interest in securitizations………...……$
Accrued interest receivable…………….………$
Note receivable and accrued interest……………$
Warehouse lines of credit…………………….. $
Notes payable……………………………..……$
Residual interest financing………………..……$
Securitization trust debt……………...…………$
Senior secured debt………………….…………$
Subordinated renewable notes…………………$
Subordinated debt…………………………….. $

December 31,

2005

2004

Carrying
Value

Fair 
Value

Carrying  
Value

Fair 
Value

$

17,789
157,662
913,576
25,220
10,930
2,178
35,350
211
43,745
924,026
40,000
4,655
14,000

$

(In thousands)
17,789
157,662
913,576
25,220
10,930
2,178
35,350
211
43,745
914,901
40,000
4,655
14,000

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

14,366
125,113
550,191
50,430
6,411
2,800
34,279
1,421
22,204
542,815
59,829
-
15,000

14,366
125,113
550,191
50,430
6,411
2,800
34,279
1,421
22,204
539,749
59,829
-
15,113

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash  

The carrying value equals fair value.  

Finance Receivables, net 

The  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  the  related  interest  rates  are  estimated  to  reflect  current 
market conditions for similar types of instruments. 

Residual Interest in Securitizations  

The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using credit and discount rates that the Company 
believes  reflect  the  estimated  credit,  interest  rate  and  prepayment  risks  associated  with  similar  types  of 
instruments. 

Accrued Interest Receivable 

The  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  the  related  interest  rates  are  estimated  to  reflect  current 
market conditions for similar types of instruments. 

Note Receivable 

The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using credit and discount rates that the Company 
believes reflect the estimated credit and interest rate risks associated with similar types of instruments. 

F-38 

 
            
            
            
            
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
            
            
            
            
            
            
              
              
              
              
              
              
            
            
            
            
                 
                 
              
              
            
            
            
            
          
          
          
          
            
            
            
            
              
              
                     
                     
            
            
            
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Warehouse Lines of Credit, Notes Payable, Residual Interest Financing, and Senior Secured Debt and 
Subordinated Renewable Notes 

The  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  the  related  interest  rates  are  estimated  to  reflect  current 
market conditions for similar types of secured instruments. 

Securitization Trust Debt 

The  fair  value  is  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows  using  interest  rates  that  the  Company  believes 
reflect the current market rates. 

Subordinated Debt  

The fair value is based on a market quote. 

(17) Liquidity  

The  Company’s  business  requires  substantial  cash  to  support  its  purchases  of  Contracts  and  other  operating 
activities. The Company’s primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operating activities, including 
proceeds from sales of Contracts, amounts borrowed under various revolving credit facilities (also sometimes 
known as warehouse credit facilities), servicing fees on portfolios of Contracts previously sold in securitization 
transactions or serviced for third parties, customer payments of principal and interest on finance receivables, 
fees  for  origination  of  Contracts,  and  releases  of  cash  from  securitized  portfolios  of  Contracts  in  which  the 
Company has retained a residual ownership interest and from the Spread Accounts associated with such pools. 
The Company’s primary uses of cash have been the purchases of Contracts, repayment of amounts borrowed 
under  lines  of  credit  and  otherwise,  operating  expenses  such  as  employee,  interest,  occupancy  expenses  and 
other  general  and  administrative  expenses, 
initial 
overcollateralization,  if  any,  and  the  increase  of  Credit  Enhancement  to  required  levels  in  securitization 
transactions, and income taxes. There can be no assurance that internally generated cash will be sufficient to 
meet  the  Company’s  cash  demands.  The  sufficiency  of  internally  generated  cash  will  depend  on  the 
performance of securitized pools (which determines the level of releases from those portfolios and their related 
Spread  Accounts),  the  rate  of  expansion  or  contraction  in  the  Company’s  managed  portfolio,  and  the  terms 
upon which the Company is able to acquire, sell, and borrow against Contracts. 

the  establishment  of  Spread  Accounts  and 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $36.7 
million, $9.9 million and $98.9 million, respectively. Cash from operating activities is generally provided by 
the net releases from the Company’s securitization Trusts. The increase in 2005 vs. 2004 is due in part to the 
Company’s  increased  net  earnings  before  the  significant  increase  in  the  provision  for  credit  losses.    The 
decrease  in 2004  vs.  2003 is  primarily  the  result  of  the  Company’s  decision,  in  July  2003, to  treat  all  of  its 
future securitizations as secured financings. As a result 2005 and 2004 includes no activity related to Contracts 
held for sale. 

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005,  2004  and  2003,  was  $411.7 
million,  $314.0  million,  and  $178.9  million,  respectively.  Cash  used  in  investing  activities  has  generally 
related  to  purchases  of  Contracts,  the  cost  of  the  SeaWest  Asset  Acquisition  and  the  acquisition  of  TFC. 
Purchase of finance receivables held for investors were $691.3, $506.0 and $175.3 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, 
respectively.  Cash used in the TFC Merger, net of the cash acquired in the transaction, totaled $10.2 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2003.  

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005, was $378.4 million compared 
with $285.3 million in 2004 and $80.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Cash used or provided 
by  financing  activities  is  primarily  attributable  to  the  issuance  or  repayment  of  debt.  In  connection  with  the 
TFC Merger the Company assumed securitization trust debt related to three securitization transactions held by 

F-39 

 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

consolidated  subsidiaries  and  assumed  additional  subordinated  debt.    With  the  change  in  the  securitization 
structure  implemented  in  the  third  quarter  of  2003,  $662.4  million  of  securitization  trust  debt  was  issued  in 
2005 as compared to $474.7 million in 2004 and $154.4 million in 2003. 

Contracts are purchased from Dealers for a cash price approximating their principal amount, adjusted for an 
acquisition fee which may either increase or decrease the Contract purchase price, and generate cash flow over 
a  period  of  years.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  been  dependent  on  warehouse  credit  facilities  to  purchase 
Contracts, and on the availability of cash from outside sources in order to finance its continuing operations, as 
well  as  to  fund  the  portion  of  Contract  purchase  prices  not  financed  under  revolving  warehouse  credit 
facilities. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had $350 million in warehouse credit capacity, in the form 
of  a  $200  million  facility  and  a  $150  million  facility.  The  first  facility  provides  funding  for  Contracts 
purchased under the TFC Programs while both warehouse facilities provide funding for Contracts purchased 
under the CPS Programs. A third facility in the amount of $125 million, which the Company utilized to fund 
Contracts under the CPS and TFC Programs was terminated by the Company on June 29, 2005 

The  $150  million  warehouse  facility  is  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of 
Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by its consolidated subsidiary Page 
Three Funding, LLC. This facility was established on November 15, 2005, and expires on November 14, 2006, 
although  it  is  renewable  with  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  parties.    Up  to  80%  of  the  principal  balance  of 
Contracts  may  be  advanced  to  the  Company  under  this  facility,  subject  to  collateral  tests  and  certain  other 
conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrue interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.00% 
per annum. At December 31, 2005, $34.5 million was outstanding under this facility. 

The  $200  million  warehouse  facility  is  similarly  structured  to  allow  CPS  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase 
price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by its consolidated subsidiary 
Page  Funding  LLC.    This  facility  was  entered  into  on  June  30,  2004.  On  June  29,  2005  the  facility  was 
increased  from  $100  million  to  $125  million  and  further  amended  to  provide  for  funding  for  Contracts 
purchased  under  the  TFC  Programs.    It  was  increased  again  to  $200  million  on  August  31,  2005.  
Approximately  77.0%  of  the  principal  balance  of  Contracts  may  be  advanced  to  the  Company  under  this 
facility, subject to collateral tests and certain other conditions and covenants. Notes under this facility accrue 
interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum. The lender has annual termination options at its 
sole discretion on each June 30 through 2007, at which time the agreement expires. At December 31, 2005, 
$836,000 was outstanding under this facility, compared to zero at December 31, 2004. 

The $125 million warehouse facility was structured to allow the Company to fund a portion of the purchase 
price of Contracts by drawing against a floating rate variable funding note issued by its consolidated subsidiary 
CPS  Warehouse  Trust.    This  facility  was  established  on  March  7,  2002,  and  the  maximum  amount  was 
increased to $125 million in November 2002.  Up to 73.0% of the principal balance of Contracts could have 
been advanced to the Company under this facility bore interest at a rate of one-month commercial paper plus 
1.50% per annum.  This facility was due to expire on April 11, 2006, but the Company elected to terminate it 
on June 29, 2005.  At December 31, 2004, $34.3 million was outstanding under this facility. 

The  Company  securitized $674.4  million of  Contracts  in  five  private  placement  transactions during the  year 
ended December 31, 2005 compared to $463.9 million in five private placements during 2004.  All of these 
transactions were structured as secured financings and, therefore, resulted in no gain on sale.  In March 2004 a 
wholly-owned bankruptcy remote consolidated subsidiary of the Company issued $44 million of asset-backed 
notes secured by its retained interest in eight term securitization transactions. The notes had an interest rate of 
10% per annum and a final maturity in October 2009, were required to be repaid from the distributions on the 
underlying  retained  interests.  In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  notes,  the  Company  incurred  and 
capitalized  issuance  costs  of  $1.3  million.    The  Company  repaid  the  notes  in  full  in  August  2005.    In 
November 2005, the Company completed similar securitizations whereby a wholly-owned bankruptcy remote 
consolidated  subsidiary  of  the  Company  issued  $45.8  million  of  asset-backed  notes  secured  by  its  retained 
interest in tem term securitization transactions.  These notes, which bear interest at a blended interest rate of 
8.36% per annum and have a final maturity in July 2011, are required to be repaid from the distributions on the 

F-40 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

underlying  retained  interests.    In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  notes,  the  Company  incurred  and 
capitalized issuance costs of $915,000. 

For the portfolio owned by non consolidated subsidiaries, cash used to increase Credit Enhancement amounts 
to  required  levels  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 2005, 2004  and  2003  was  zero, $2.9  million  and  $20.9 
million, respectively. Cash released from Trusts and their related Spread Accounts to the Company related to 
the portfolio owned by consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was 
$23.1 million, $21.4  million and $25.9  million, respectively. Changes in the amount of Credit Enhancement 
required  for  term  securitization  transactions  and  releases  from  Trusts  and  their  related  Spread  Accounts  are 
affected by the relative size, seasoning and performance of the various pools of Contracts securitized that make 
up the Company’s  managed portfolio to which the respective Spread Accounts are related. During the years 
ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 the Company made no initial deposits to Spread Accounts 
and  funded  no  initial  overcollateralization  related  to  its  term  securitization  transactions  owned  by  non-
consolidated subsidiaries, compared to $18.7 million in the 2003  The acquisition of Contracts for subsequent 
sale  in  securitization  transactions,  and  the  need  to  fund  Spread  Accounts  and  initial  overcollateralization,  if 
any, and increase Credit Enhancement levels when those transactions take place, results in a continuing need 
for capital. The amount of capital required is most heavily dependent on the rate of the Company’s Contract 
purchases (other than flow purchases), the required level of initial Credit Enhancement in securitizations, and 
the extent to which the previously established Trusts and their related Spread Accounts either release cash to 
the Company or capture cash from collections on securitized Contracts. The Company is currently limited in 
its ability to purchase Contracts due to certain liquidity constraints. As of December 31, 2005, the Company 
had  cash  on  hand  of  $17.8  million  and  available  Contract  purchase  commitments  from  its  warehouse  credit 
facilities of $314.6 million. The Company’s plans to manage the need for liquidity include the completion of 
additional  term  securitizations  that  would  provide  additional  credit  availability  from  the  warehouse  credit 
facilities, and matching its levels of Contract purchases to its availability of cash. There can be no assurance 
that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  complete  term  securitizations  on  favorable  economic  terms  or  that  the 
Company  will  be  able  to  complete  term  securitizations  at  all.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  complete  such 
securitizations, interest income and other portfolio related income would decrease. 

The Company’s primary means of ensuring that its cash demands do not exceed its cash resources is to match 
its  levels  of  Contract  purchases  to  its  availability  of  cash.  The  Company’s  ability  to  adjust  the  quantity  of 
Contracts that it purchases and securitizes will be subject to general competitive conditions and the continued 
availability  of  warehouse  credit  facilities.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  desired  level  of  Contract 
acquisition can be maintained or increased. While the specific terms and mechanics of each Spread Account 
vary among transactions, the Company’s Securitization Agreements generally provide that the Company will 
receive excess cash flows only if the amount of Credit Enhancement has reached specified levels and/or the 
delinquency, defaults or net losses related to the Contracts in the pool are below certain predetermined levels. 
In  the  event  delinquencies,  defaults  or  net  losses  on  the  Contracts  exceed  such  levels,  the  terms  of  the 
securitization:  (i)  may  require  increased  Credit  Enhancement  to  be  accumulated  for  the  particular  pool;  (ii) 
may restrict the distribution to the Company of excess cash flows associated with other pools; or (iii) in certain 
circumstances, may permit the insurers to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the Contracts to 
another servicer. There can be no assurance that collections from the related Trusts will continue to generate 
sufficient cash. 

Certain  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  and  the  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various 
financial covenants requiring certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining 
minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceeding  maximum  leverage  levels  and  maximum 
financial  losses.  In  addition,  certain  securitization  and  non-securitization  related  debt  contain  cross-default 
provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default occurred under a different facility. 

The  Servicing  Agreements  of  the  Company’s  securitization  transactions  are  terminable  by  the  insurers  of 
certain of the Trust’s obligations (“Note Insurers”) in the event of certain defaults by the Company and under 
certain other circumstances. Were a Note Insurer in the future to exercise its option to terminate the Servicing 
Agreements, such a termination would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and results of 

F-41 

 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

operations.  The  Company  continues  to  receive  Servicer  extensions  on  a  monthly  and/or  quarterly  basis, 
pursuant to the Servicing Agreements. 

(18) Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited)  

Quarter
Ended
March 31,

Quarter
Ended
June 30,

Quarter
Ended
September 30,

Quarter
Ended
December 31,

(In thousands, except per share data)

2005
Revenues…………………………………………………...……$
Income (loss) before income taxes………….…………...………$
Net income (loss)……………………………………...……… $
Income (loss) per share:
$
   Basic……………………………………….………….………$
   Diluted………………………………………………..………$
2004
$
Revenues…………………………………………...………..…$
Loss before income taxes……………………...……….………$
Net loss……………………………………...……...……………$
Loss per share:
$
   Basic………………………………………………..……….. $
   Diluted…………………………………………………….… $

41,833
(239)
(239)

(0.01)
(0.01)

27,522
(1,407)
(1,407)

(0.07)
(0.07)

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

47,776
545
545

0.03
0.02

32,687
(174)
(174)

(0.01)
(0.01)

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

49,374
1,398
1,398

0.06
0.06

34,913
(2,061)
(2,061)

(0.10)
(0.10)

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

54,714
1,668
1,668

0.08
0.07

37,570
(12,246)
(12,246)

(0.57)
(0.57)

F-42